[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025197635A1 - Imaging device - Google Patents

Imaging device

Info

Publication number
WO2025197635A1
WO2025197635A1 PCT/JP2025/008634 JP2025008634W WO2025197635A1 WO 2025197635 A1 WO2025197635 A1 WO 2025197635A1 JP 2025008634 W JP2025008634 W JP 2025008634W WO 2025197635 A1 WO2025197635 A1 WO 2025197635A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substrate
pixel
imaging device
wiring
photoelectric conversion
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2025/008634
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
泰史 野田
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co Ltd filed Critical Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025197635A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025197635A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N25/00Circuitry of solid-state image sensors [SSIS]; Control thereof
    • H04N25/70SSIS architectures; Circuits associated therewith
    • H04N25/79Arrangements of circuitry being divided between different or multiple substrates, chips or circuit boards, e.g. stacked image sensors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10FINORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES SENSITIVE TO INFRARED RADIATION, LIGHT, ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF SHORTER WAVELENGTH OR CORPUSCULAR RADIATION
    • H10F39/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one element covered by group H10F30/00, e.g. radiation detectors comprising photodiode arrays
    • H10F39/10Integrated devices
    • H10F39/12Image sensors

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to an imaging device.
  • CCD Charge Coupled Device
  • CMOS Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an imaging device in which the circuitry of an imaging cell including a photoelectric conversion unit and peripheral circuits are formed on the same semiconductor substrate.
  • This disclosure therefore provides an imaging device that can be miniaturized.
  • An imaging device comprises: a first substrate including a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface, the first surface being closer to a position where incident light enters the imaging device than the second surface; a second substrate located closer to the second surface of the first substrate than the first surface of the first substrate, the second substrate including a third surface and a fourth surface opposite the third surface, the third surface being closer to the first substrate than the fourth surface; a first bonding surface located between the first substrate and the second substrate; a photoelectric conversion unit located closer to the first surface of the first substrate than the second surface of the first substrate and converting the incident light into electric charges; a first wiring located between the photoelectric conversion unit and the first substrate; a second wiring located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface; a third wiring located between the third surface of the second substrate and the first bonding surface; and a first via, at least a portion of which is located within the first substrate.
  • the first substrate and the second substrate are stacked via the first bonding surface, and the first bonding surface, and
  • This disclosure makes it possible to miniaturize imaging devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an imaging device according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a circuit configuration of the imaging device according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of the imaging device according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view schematically illustrating an example of a planar layout of the imaging device according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 5A is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a pixel substrate.
  • FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a pixel substrate.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an imaging device according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a circuit configuration of the imaging device according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure
  • FIG. 5C is a cross-sectional view for explaining a process of forming a wafer including a pixel substrate.
  • FIG. 5D is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a pixel substrate.
  • FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a circuit board.
  • FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a circuit board.
  • FIG. 7A is a cross-sectional view for explaining a process subsequent to bonding of a wafer including a pixel substrate and a wafer including a circuit substrate.
  • FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view for explaining a process subsequent to bonding of the wafer including the pixel substrate and the wafer including the circuit substrate.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to Modification 1 of Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of another imaging device according to the first modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the second modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the third modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of another imaging device according to the third modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the fourth modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to Modification 5 of Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the sixth modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the seventh modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a plan view for explaining the size of the first via.
  • FIG. 19 is a plan view schematically illustrating an example of a planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 20 is a plan view schematically showing an example of a planar layout in the case where a pixel isolation region is not formed in the imaging device according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view schematically showing a first example of a planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a plan view schematically showing a second example of the planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a plan view schematically showing a third example of the planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a block diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a camera system according to the third embodiment.
  • an imaging device includes a first surface and a second surface opposite to the first surface, the first surface being closer to a position where incident light enters the imaging device than the second surface; a second substrate located closer to the second surface of the first substrate than the first surface of the first substrate, the second substrate including a third surface and a fourth surface opposite to the third surface, the third surface being closer to the first substrate than the fourth surface; a first bonding surface located between the first substrate and the second substrate; a photoelectric conversion unit located closer to the first surface than the second surface of the first substrate and converting the incident light into electric charges; a first wiring located between the photoelectric conversion unit and the first substrate; a second wiring located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface; a third wiring located between the third surface of the second substrate and the first bonding surface; The first substrate and the second substrate are stacked with the first bonding surface interposed therebetween, and the first wiring and the second wiring are electrically connected to each other through the
  • the imaging device's circuits to be formed separately on the first and second substrates, thereby enabling the imaging device to be miniaturized.
  • the first wiring located closer to the first surface than the second surface of the first substrate is electrically connected to the second wiring located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface via the first via. This also allows the imaging device to be miniaturized. Specifically, if the first via is used for metal bonding between the first and second substrates, a deep trench must be formed that penetrates the first substrate and extends to the second substrate, and the diameter of the first via must be increased according to the trench depth.
  • the first via is electrically connected to the second wiring located between the first bonding surface and the second surface of the first substrate, and the first via is not used for bonding the first substrate and the second substrate together, allowing for a more compact imaging device.
  • the first via electrically connects the first wiring to the second wiring located between the first bonding surface and the second surface of the first substrate, allowing for a shorter length of the first via than the distance from the first wiring to the first bonding surface.
  • the longer a via that penetrates a substrate the larger its diameter. Therefore, by shortening the length of the first via, the diameter of the first via can be reduced, thereby narrowing the area required to form the first via. This allows for a more compact imaging device.
  • being able to miniaturize an imaging device means being able to reduce the area of the board in a plan view.
  • the first via may be a through silicon via (TSV).
  • TSV through silicon via
  • the imaging device may further include a second via located within the first substrate, and the first wiring and the first via may be electrically connected via the second via.
  • the imaging device may further include a third via, and the first wiring and the second via may be electrically connected via the third via, the first via and the second via may be directly connected within the first substrate, and the third via and the second via may be directly connected within the first substrate.
  • the imaging device may further include a third via, and the first wiring and the first via may be electrically connected via the third via, or the first via and the third via may be directly connected within the first substrate.
  • the first via may have a diameter of 10 nm or less.
  • the first bonding surface may include an insulating film bonding and a metal bonding.
  • the imaging device may further include a first transistor arranged on the first surface of the first substrate and a second transistor arranged on the third surface of the second substrate.
  • an imaging device may further include a pixel array including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and the first via may be located within an area in which the pixel array is arranged in a planar view.
  • an imaging device may further include a pixel array including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and the first via may be located outside the area in which the pixel array is arranged in a planar view.
  • an imaging device may further include a third substrate located closer to the fourth surface than the third surface of the second substrate, the third substrate including a fifth surface and a sixth surface opposite the fifth surface, the fifth surface being closer to the second substrate than the sixth surface; a second bonding surface located between the second substrate and the third substrate; a fourth wiring located between the fourth surface of the second substrate and the second bonding surface; a fifth wiring located between the fifth surface of the third substrate and the second bonding surface; and a fourth via, at least a portion of which is located within the second substrate; the second substrate and the third substrate may be stacked via the second bonding surface; the third wiring and the fourth wiring may be electrically connected via the fourth via; and the first via may overlap with the fourth via in a planar view.
  • the first via and the fourth via overlap in a planar view, allowing the imaging device to be made smaller.
  • an imaging device may further include a pixel including an intra-pixel element, a charge accumulation section that accumulates the charge, and a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion section and the charge accumulation section, and the intra-pixel element may be located between the first via and the plug in a planar view.
  • an imaging device may further include a pixel including a charge accumulation section that accumulates the electric charge and a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion section and the charge accumulation section, and the first junction surface may include a metal junction that is located within a region in which the pixel is arranged in a planar view, and the metal junction may be located between the first via and the plug in the planar view.
  • an imaging device may further include an isolation region located within the first substrate, and the isolation region may overlap with the first via in a planar view.
  • an imaging device may further include a plurality of pixels including a first pixel and a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel, each of the plurality of pixels may include a charge accumulation section that accumulates the charge and a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion section and the charge accumulation section, the first via may be located, in a planar view, within a region in which the first pixel is arranged or at a boundary between the first pixel and the second pixel, and the distance between the plug of the first pixel and the plug of the second pixel may be smaller than the distance between the plug of the first pixel and the first via, in the planar view.
  • an imaging device may further include a first pixel, a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel, and a pixel isolation region located within the first substrate at the boundary between a region in which the first pixel is arranged in a planar view and a region in which the second pixel is arranged in the planar view, and the first via may overlap the pixel isolation region in the planar view.
  • first via to be placed in an area where no transistors are placed. Furthermore, when the first and second substrates are joined by hybrid bonding, reducing the pitch of the metal in the hybrid bond enables higher density wiring than a via structure in which thick vias such as TSVs are placed on the periphery of the image pickup device. Furthermore, it also makes it possible to connect the wiring nearly perpendicular to the thickness direction without extending it to the thick vias on the periphery of the image pickup device, thereby shortening the wiring distance.
  • the first substrate may include pixel elements
  • the second substrate may include logic transistors.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit may include an upper electrode, a lower electrode, and a photoelectric conversion layer located between the upper electrode and the lower electrode.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer may include an organic material.
  • the terms “above” and “below” do not refer to the upward (vertically upward) and downward (vertically downward) directions in absolute spatial recognition, but are used as terms defined by a relative positional relationship based on the stacking order in the stacked structure.
  • the light incident side of the imaging device is referred to as “above,” and the side opposite the light incident side is referred to as “below.”
  • the “upper surface” and “lower surface” of each component refer to the surface of the imaging device on the light incident side as the “upper surface” and the surface opposite the light incident side as the “lower surface.” Note that terms such as “above,” “lower,” “upper surface,” and “lower surface” are used solely to specify the relative arrangement of components and are not intended to limit the orientation of the imaging device when in use.
  • planar view refers to a view from the normal direction of the main surfaces (e.g., the top and bottom surfaces) of the semiconductor substrate (in other words, the thickness direction of the semiconductor substrate).
  • the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis represent the three axes of a three-dimensional Cartesian coordinate system.
  • the Z-axis direction is the thickness direction of the semiconductor substrate and the stacking direction of the semiconductor substrate.
  • the negative side of the Z-axis is defined as "downward," and the positive side of the Z-axis is defined as "upward.”
  • a transistor when a transistor is arranged on a certain surface of a semiconductor substrate, it means that the gate, source, and drain of the transistor are arranged on either side of the certain surface.
  • connection means electrical connection unless otherwise specified.
  • the term “light” refers not only to visible light but also to invisible light such as ultraviolet light and near-infrared light.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” do not refer to the number or order of components, etc., unless otherwise specified, but are used for the purpose of avoiding confusion and distinguishing between components of the same type.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an image pickup apparatus 100 according to the present embodiment.
  • the imaging device 100 includes a pixel substrate 31, which is a semiconductor substrate; a pixel array 14A formed on the pixel substrate 31; a circuit substrate 41, which is also a semiconductor substrate; a peripheral circuit 4 formed on the circuit substrate 41; and a first via 71 for connecting the pixel array 14A and the peripheral circuit 4.
  • the peripheral circuit 4 includes a circuit for driving the pixel array 14A and a circuit for processing signals output by the pixel array 14A.
  • the peripheral circuit 4 includes a vertical scanning circuit 15, a column signal processing circuit 19, a horizontal signal readout circuit 20, and a voltage control circuit 30.
  • the column signal processing circuit 19 is provided with multiple pixel arrays 14A corresponding to each column, but in FIG.
  • the pixel array 14A is illustrated as a single block.
  • the peripheral circuit 4 may further include other circuits such as memory, analog circuits, and logic circuits. Furthermore, a portion of the peripheral circuit 4 may be disposed on the pixel substrate 31. Furthermore, at least one of a portion of the in-pixel elements such as transistors of the pixel array 14A and a portion of the peripheral circuit 4 may be formed on one or more separate semiconductor substrates stacked on the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 and pixel array 14A are electrically connected via the first via 71 and the counter electrode signal line 16.
  • the vertical scanning circuit 15 and pixel array 14A are electrically connected via the first via 71 and the address signal line 26, and the first via 71 and the reset signal line 27.
  • the column signal processing circuit 19 and pixel array 14A are electrically connected via the first via 71 and the vertical signal line 17.
  • some of the electrical connections via the first via 71 may be made without going through the first via 71.
  • Figure 2 is a diagram showing the circuit configuration of the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment.
  • the pixel array 14A is made up of a plurality of pixels 14.
  • the plurality of pixels 14 are arranged in a matrix, i.e., arranged in row and column directions, to form a pixel array region.
  • the row direction and column direction refer to the directions in which the rows and columns extend, respectively.
  • the vertical direction is the column direction
  • the horizontal direction is the row direction.
  • four pixels 14, arranged in two rows and two columns, are shown as representative examples. Note that there is no particular limit to the number of the plurality of pixels 14.
  • the plurality of pixels 14 may be arranged one-dimensionally, i.e., along one direction.
  • the imaging device 100 may be a line sensor.
  • Each pixel 14 includes a photoelectric conversion unit 10 and a charge detection circuit 25.
  • the charge detection circuit 25 includes an amplification transistor 11, a reset transistor 12, and an address transistor 13.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 includes a pixel electrode 50, a photoelectric conversion layer 51, and an upper electrode 52. The specific configuration of the photoelectric conversion unit 10 will be described later.
  • the imaging device 100 includes a voltage control element for applying a predetermined voltage to the upper electrode 52.
  • the voltage control element includes, for example, a voltage control circuit, a voltage generation circuit such as a constant voltage source, and a voltage reference line such as a ground line.
  • the voltage applied by the voltage control element is called a control voltage.
  • the imaging device 100 includes a voltage control circuit 30 as the voltage control element.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 may generate a constant control voltage, or may generate multiple control voltages of different values. Furthermore, for example, the voltage control circuit 30 may generate a control voltage that changes continuously within a predetermined range. The voltage control circuit 30 determines the value of the control voltage to be generated based on instructions from the operator operating the imaging device 100 or instructions from another control unit provided in the imaging device 100, and generates a control voltage of the determined value.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 generates two or more different control voltages and applies the control voltages to the upper electrode 52, thereby changing the spectral sensitivity characteristics of the photoelectric conversion layer 51.
  • This change in spectral sensitivity characteristics also includes a spectral sensitivity characteristic in which the sensitivity of the photoelectric conversion layer 51 becomes zero to the light to be detected.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 can apply to the upper electrode 52 a control voltage that makes the sensitivity of the photoelectric conversion layer 51 zero, thereby virtually eliminating the influence of incident light when reading out the detection signals. Therefore, even when reading out detection signals row by row, a global shutter operation can be achieved.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 applies a control voltage to the upper electrodes 52 of the pixels 14 arranged in the row direction via the counter electrode signal line 16, thereby changing the voltage between the pixel electrodes 50 and the upper electrodes 52 and switching the spectral sensitivity characteristics of the photoelectric conversion unit 10.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 realizes electronic shutter operation by applying a control voltage so as to obtain spectral sensitivity characteristics in which sensitivity to light becomes zero at a predetermined timing during imaging.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 may also apply a control voltage to the pixel electrodes 50.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 converts incident light into electric charges.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 When light enters the photoelectric conversion unit 10, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 generates, for example, electrons and holes as electric charges.
  • the pixel electrode 50 When light enters the photoelectric conversion unit 10, in order for the pixel electrode 50 to collect electrons as signal charges, the pixel electrode 50 is set to a relatively high potential with respect to the upper electrode 52. This causes the electrons to move toward the pixel electrode 50. At this time, a current flows from the pixel electrode 50 to the upper electrode 52.
  • the pixel electrode 50 In order for the pixel electrode 50 to collect holes as signal charges, the pixel electrode 50 is set to a relatively low potential with respect to the upper electrode 52. This causes the holes to move toward the pixel electrode 50. At this time, a current flows from the upper electrode 52 to the pixel electrode 50.
  • the pixel electrode 50 is connected to the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11, and the signal charge collected by the pixel electrode 50 is stored in a charge storage node 24 located between the pixel electrode 50 and the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11.
  • the signal charge will mainly be described as holes, but the signal charge may also be electrons.
  • the signal charge accumulated in the charge accumulation node 24 is applied to the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11 as a voltage corresponding to the amount of signal charge.
  • the amplification transistor 11 outputs a voltage corresponding to the voltage applied to its gate electrode.
  • the address transistor 13 selectively reads out the voltage output from the amplification transistor 11 as the signal voltage.
  • the address transistor 13 is also called a row selection transistor.
  • the reset transistor 12 has one of its source and drain connected to the pixel electrode 50, and resets the signal charge accumulated in the charge accumulation node 24. In other words, the reset transistor 12 resets the potential of the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11 and the pixel electrode 50.
  • the imaging device 100 is equipped with a power supply line 21, a vertical signal line 17, an address signal line 26, and a reset signal line 27.
  • the power supply line 21, vertical signal line 17, address signal line 26, and reset signal line 27 are each connected to the pixels 14.
  • the power supply line 21 is connected to one of the source and drain of the amplification transistor 11.
  • the vertical signal line 17 is connected to one of the source and drain of the address transistor 13.
  • the address signal line 26 is connected to the gate electrode of the address transistor 13.
  • the reset signal line 27 is connected to the gate electrode of the reset transistor 12.
  • Each of the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 is, for example, a MOSFET (Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor).
  • MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
  • Each of the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 is an n-channel MOSFET, but may also be a p-channel MOSFET.
  • Each of the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 is an in-pixel element of the pixel 14.
  • the pixel 14 may have other elements, such as transistors and capacitive elements, other than the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 as in-pixel elements.
  • the peripheral circuit 4 includes the vertical scanning circuit 15, horizontal signal readout circuit 20, multiple column signal processing circuits 19, and voltage control circuit 30 described above, as well as multiple load circuits 18 and multiple differential amplifiers 22.
  • the vertical scanning circuit 15 is also referred to as a row scanning circuit.
  • the horizontal signal readout circuit 20 is also referred to as a column scanning circuit.
  • the column signal processing circuit 19 is also referred to as a row signal storage circuit.
  • the differential amplifier 22 is also referred to as a feedback amplifier.
  • the vertical scanning circuit 15 is connected to the address signal lines 26 and the reset signal lines 27.
  • the vertical scanning circuit 15 can also be connected to each of the address signal lines 26 and the reset signal lines 27 via first vias 71 (not shown in FIG. 2).
  • the vertical scanning circuit 15 selects the multiple pixels 14 arranged in each row of the pixel array 14A on a row-by-row basis, reads out the signal voltage, and resets the potential of the pixel electrodes 50.
  • the power supply lines 21 function as source follower power supplies and supply a predetermined power supply voltage to each pixel 14.
  • the predetermined power supply voltage can be supplied to the power supply lines 21 via first vias 71 (not shown in FIG. 2).
  • the horizontal signal readout circuit 20 is electrically connected to a plurality of column signal processing circuits 19.
  • the column signal processing circuits 19 are electrically connected to the pixels 14 arranged in each column of the pixel array 14A via vertical signal lines 17 corresponding to each column of the pixel array 14A.
  • the load circuits 18 are electrically connected to each vertical signal line 17.
  • the load circuits 18 and the amplification transistors 11 form a source follower circuit.
  • at least one of each column signal processing circuit 19 and each load circuit 18 can be connected to the vertical signal line 17 via a first via 71 not shown in FIG. 2.
  • Multiple differential amplifiers 22 are provided corresponding to each column of the pixel array 14A.
  • the negative input terminals of the differential amplifiers 22 are connected to the corresponding vertical signal lines 17.
  • the output terminals of the differential amplifiers 22 are connected to the pixels 14 via feedback lines 23 corresponding to each column of the pixel array 14A.
  • the output terminals of the differential amplifiers 22 can also be connected to the feedback lines 23 via first vias 71 (not shown in FIG. 2).
  • the vertical scanning circuit 15 applies a row selection signal, which controls the on and off of the address transistor 13, to the gate electrode of the address transistor 13 via the address signal line 26. This scans and selects the row to be read out. A signal voltage is read out from the pixels 14 in the selected row to the vertical signal line 17.
  • the vertical scanning circuit 15 also applies a reset signal, which controls the on and off of the reset transistor 12, to the gate electrode of the reset transistor 12 via the reset signal line 27. This selects the row of pixels 14 to be reset.
  • the vertical signal line 17 transmits the signal voltage read out from the pixels 14 selected by the vertical scanning circuit 15 to the column signal processing circuit 19.
  • the column signal processing circuit 19 performs noise suppression signal processing, such as correlated double sampling, and analog-to-digital conversion (AD conversion).
  • the horizontal signal readout circuit 20 sequentially reads out signals from multiple column signal processing circuits 19 to the horizontal common signal line 28.
  • the differential amplifier 22 is connected via a feedback line 23 to the other of the source and drain of the reset transistor 12, which is not connected to the pixel electrode 50. Therefore, when the address transistor 13 and reset transistor 12 are conductive, the differential amplifier 22 receives the output value of the address transistor 13 at its negative input terminal.
  • the differential amplifier 22 performs a feedback operation so that the gate potential of the amplifying transistor 11 becomes a predetermined feedback voltage.
  • the output voltage value of the differential amplifier 22 is, for example, 0V or a positive voltage close to 0V.
  • the feedback voltage refers to the output voltage of the differential amplifier 22.
  • the imaging device 100 does not necessarily have to include the differential amplifier 22.
  • a predetermined reset voltage may be supplied to the other of the drain and source of the reset transistor 12.
  • the reset voltage is, for example, 0V or a voltage close to 0V.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment.
  • the shading indicating the cross section of insulating layers such as interlayer insulating layers within wiring layers such as wiring layers 61, 62, and 63, and insulating layer 55, has been omitted in Figure 3.
  • the dimensions of each component such as thickness, length, and width, have been adjusted appropriately from their actual sizes. This also applies to the subsequent cross-sectional views.
  • the imaging device 100 includes a photoelectric conversion unit 10, a pixel substrate 31, a circuit board 41, wiring layers 61, 62, and 63, an insulating layer 55, a first via 71, a second via 72, a third via 73, and a first bonding surface 81.
  • the imaging device 100 has a structure in which the circuit board 41, wiring layer 63, wiring layer 62, pixel substrate 31, wiring layer 61, insulating layer 55, and photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis.
  • the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41 are stacked via a first bonding surface 81 located between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41.
  • the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41 are each, for example, a p-type or n-type semiconductor substrate in which various impurity regions are formed.
  • the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41 may each be a silicon substrate.
  • the pixel substrate 31 is an example of a first substrate
  • the circuit substrate 41 is an example of a second substrate.
  • a well may be formed in each of the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41.
  • the pixel substrate 31 includes an upper surface 31a, which is the light incident side surface onto which incident light is incident, and a lower surface 31b, which is the surface opposite to the upper surface 31a and faces the upper surface 31a.
  • the upper surface 31a is an example of a first surface
  • the lower surface 31b is an example of a second surface.
  • a transistor Tr11 which is an example of a first transistor, is arranged on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the transistor Tr11 is a transistor included in a pixel 14, and is, for example, any of the above-mentioned amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13. Note that, for ease of viewing, Figure 3 shows only one transistor Tr11 arranged on the upper surface 31a.
  • the amplification transistors 11, reset transistors 12, and address transistors 13 of each of the multiple pixels 14 are arranged on the upper surface 31a.
  • a charge accumulation region 91 that accumulates charges generated in the photoelectric conversion unit 10 is formed in the pixel substrate 31.
  • the charge accumulation region 91 is part of the charge accumulation node 24 described above and is electrically connected to the pixel electrode 50 of the photoelectric conversion unit 10 via a plug 92.
  • the charge accumulation region 91 is an example of a charge accumulation unit.
  • the charge accumulation region 91 is, for example, an impurity region formed by injecting n-type or p-type impurities from the upper surface 31a side of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the charge accumulation region 91 is an n-type impurity region formed in a p-type semiconductor substrate or a p-type well.
  • the charge accumulation region 91 may function as either the source or drain of the reset transistor 12 connected to the pixel electrode 50.
  • the plug 92 is a contact plug located in the wiring layer 61 and in contact with the charge accumulation region 91.
  • the plug 92 is, for example, formed of polysilicon doped with impurities.
  • the diameter of the plug 92 is, for example, 10 nm or more and 100 nm or less.
  • the charge storage region 91 and the plug 92 are included in each of the multiple pixels 14. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the plug 92 is connected to the pixel electrode 50 through a via, but the plug 92 may also be connected directly to the pixel electrode 50.
  • the circuit board 41 is located on the lower surface 31b side, which is closer to the lower surface 31b than the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the circuit board 41 includes an upper surface 41a and a lower surface, and the upper surface 41a is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 100 than the lower surface.
  • the upper surface 41a is an example of a third surface.
  • a transistor Tr21 which is an example of a second transistor, is arranged on the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41.
  • the transistor Tr21 is a transistor included in the peripheral circuit 4. Note that for ease of viewing, Figure 3 shows only one transistor Tr21 arranged on the upper surface 41a.
  • a plurality of transistors, which are at least a portion of the transistors included in each circuit of the peripheral circuit 4, can be arranged on the upper surface 41a.
  • Pixel substrate 31 On pixel substrate 31, transistors are arranged on top surface 31a, and on circuit substrate 41, transistors are arranged on top surface 41a. Pixel substrate 31 and circuit substrate 41 are stacked face-to-back.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than to the lower surface 31b.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 is stacked on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 via the wiring layer 61 and the insulating layer 55 located above the wiring layer 61.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 includes the pixel electrode 50, the photoelectric conversion layer 51, and the upper electrode 52.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 may further include other layers, such as a charge blocking layer, a buffer layer, or a charge transport layer, between the pixel electrode 50 and the photoelectric conversion layer 51 and/or between the photoelectric conversion layer 51 and the upper electrode 52.
  • an insulating protection layer, a color filter, a macrolens, etc. may also be provided above the photoelectric conversion unit 10.
  • the pixel electrode 50 is located on the upper surface of the insulating layer 55 in the pixel array region R1, which is the region where the pixel array 14A is arranged in a planar view.
  • the pixel electrode 50 is a film-like electrode.
  • the pixel electrode 50 can contain at least one selected from a metal, a metal compound, and polysilicon doped with impurities to provide conductivity. Examples of metals include copper, titanium, tantalum, and aluminum. Examples of metal compounds include metal nitrides. Examples of metal nitrides include titanium nitride and tantalum nitride.
  • the pixel electrode 50 may contain metal nitride as a primary component.
  • the pixel electrode 50 collects one of the positive and negative charges generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 51.
  • the pixel electrode 50 is spatially separated from the pixel electrodes 50 of other adjacent pixels 14, and is thereby electrically isolated from the pixel electrodes 50 of other pixels 14.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is located above the pixel electrode 50 and covers it.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 contains an organic semiconductor material or an inorganic semiconductor material such as amorphous silicon or quantum dots. It receives light incident through the upper electrode 52 and generates positive and negative charges through photoelectric conversion. In other words, the photoelectric conversion layer 51 converts light into charges. The positive and negative charges are, for example, hole-electron pairs.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed, for example, continuously across multiple pixels 14.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is shared by multiple pixels 14. In other words, the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is monolithically formed at a position closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than the lower surface 31b.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 may be provided separately for each pixel 14 or for each block of two or more pixels 14.
  • the upper electrode 52 is located above the photoelectric conversion layer 51 and covers it.
  • the upper electrode 52 is a film-like electrode.
  • the side surfaces of the upper electrode 52 and the photoelectric conversion layer 51 are aligned in a planar view.
  • the upper electrode 52 is formed from a transparent conductive material such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and is disposed above the light-receiving surface of the photoelectric conversion layer 51.
  • the upper electrode 52 like the photoelectric conversion layer 51, is formed continuously across multiple pixels 14. In other words, the upper electrodes 52 of multiple pixels 14 are electrically connected to each other. In other words, the upper electrode 52 is monolithically formed at a position closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than the lower surface 31b.
  • the upper electrode 52 may be provided separately for each pixel 14 or for each block of two or more pixels 14.
  • the potential of the upper electrode 52 is controlled by the voltage control circuit 30 described above.
  • the potential of the upper electrode 52 is controlled to make the potential of the upper electrode 52 different from the potential of the pixel electrode 50, allowing the pixel electrode 50 to collect the signal charge generated by photoelectric conversion.
  • the voltage control circuit 30 controls the potential of the upper electrode 52 so that the potential of the upper electrode 52 is higher than the potential of the pixel electrode 50.
  • a predetermined voltage is applied to the upper electrode 52 by the voltage control circuit 30.
  • a specific example of the predetermined voltage is a positive voltage of approximately 10 V.
  • the pixel electrode 50 to collect the holes, of the hole-electron pairs generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 51, as signal charge.
  • the signal charge collected by the pixel electrode 50 is stored in the charge accumulation region 91 connected to the pixel electrode 50 and detected by the charge detection circuit 25.
  • a predetermined voltage is applied to the upper electrode 52 so that the potential of the upper electrode 52 is lower than the potential of the pixel electrode 50.
  • the imaging device 100 further includes a shield electrode 53.
  • the shield electrode 53 is located on the upper surface of the insulating layer 55.
  • the shield electrode 53 is a film-like electrode.
  • the shield electrode 53 faces the upper electrode 52 via the photoelectric conversion layer 51.
  • the shield electrode 53 and the pixel electrode 50 are located on the same plane and are adjacent to each other with a predetermined gap between them.
  • the shield electrode 53 is, for example, arranged to surround the pixel electrode 50 in a planar view.
  • the shield electrode 53 can include at least one selected from a metal, a metal compound, and polysilicon doped with impurities to provide conductivity. Examples of metals include copper, titanium, tantalum, and aluminum. Examples of metal compounds include metal nitrides.
  • the shield electrode 53 is located between two adjacent pixels 14 in a plan view, and suppresses color mixing between the two adjacent pixels 14.
  • the shield electrode 53 is maintained at a predetermined potential, for example, when the imaging device 100 is in operation. There are no particular restrictions on the predetermined potential, as long as it is possible to suppress color mixing between the adjacent pixels 14. Note that the imaging device 100 does not necessarily have to include a shield electrode 53.
  • the insulating layer 55 is located between the wiring layer 61 and the photoelectric conversion unit 10.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 is laminated on the upper surface of the insulating layer 55.
  • the insulating layer 55 is a layer that is bonded to the support substrate during manufacturing of the imaging device 100. Note that the imaging device 100 does not necessarily have to include the insulating layer 55. In this case, for example, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 covers the upper surface of the wiring layer 61.
  • the wiring layer 61 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the photoelectric conversion unit 10.
  • the wiring layer 61 is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than the lower surface 31b, and covers the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the wiring layer 61 includes multiple wirings, including wiring 61a, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connections across the interlayer insulating layer.
  • MIM Metal-Insulator-Metal
  • a wiring is a flat conductor that extends perpendicular to the thickness direction of a semiconductor substrate such as the pixel substrate 31, and a via is a columnar conductor that extends parallel to the thickness direction of a semiconductor substrate such as the pixel substrate 31.
  • a via is a columnar conductor that extends parallel to the thickness direction of a semiconductor substrate such as the pixel substrate 31.
  • the wiring 61a is an example of a first wiring, and is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than to the lower surface 31b, and closer to the pixel substrate 31 than to the photoelectric conversion unit 10.
  • the wiring 61a electrically connects the first via 71 and the pixel 14.
  • the wiring 61a electrically connects, for example, the first via 71 and the transistor Tr11.
  • the wiring layer 62 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the wiring layer 63.
  • the wiring layer 62 is bonded to the wiring layer 63 by a first bonding surface 81.
  • the wiring layer 62 is located closer to the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the upper surface 31a, and covers the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the wiring layer 62 includes multiple wirings including wirings 62a and pad wirings 62p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer.
  • the wiring 62a is an example of a second wiring and is located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the first bonding surface 81.
  • the wiring 62a electrically connects the first via 71 and the pad wiring 62p.
  • the pad wiring 62p is formed in the lowest part of the wiring layer 62, i.e., in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 63.
  • the pad wiring 62p forms a metal junction 81a on the first bonding surface 81.
  • the wiring layer 63 is located between the wiring layer 62 and the circuit board 41.
  • the wiring layer 63 is located closer to the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 than to the lower surface thereof, and covers the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41.
  • the wiring layer 63 includes a plurality of wirings including wirings 63a and pad wirings 63p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and a plurality of vias that provide electrical connections across the interlayer insulating layer.
  • an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 63.
  • Wiring 63a is an example of a third wiring, and is located between the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 and the first bonding surface 81.
  • Wiring 63a electrically connects pad wiring 63p to the peripheral circuit 4.
  • Wiring 63a electrically connects, for example, pad wiring 63p to transistor Tr21.
  • wiring 63a and wiring 62a are electrically connected via the first bonding surface 81.
  • the pad wiring 63p is formed in the uppermost insulating layer of the wiring layer 63, i.e., the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 62.
  • the pad wiring 63p forms a metal junction 81a on the first bonding surface 81.
  • the wiring and vias in wiring layers 61, 62, and 63 each contain, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. Furthermore, the insulating layers, such as the interlayer insulating layers, in wiring layers 61, 62, and 63 contain, for example, silicon oxide or silicon carbonitride.
  • the first via 71 penetrates at least a portion of the pixel substrate 31, and at least a portion of it is located within the pixel substrate 31.
  • the first via 71 is, for example, a TSV (Through Silicon Via).
  • the wiring 61a and wiring 62a are electrically connected via the first via 71.
  • the first via 71 is in contact with the wiring 62a.
  • the first via 71 is, for example, an nTSV (nanoTSV) having a diameter on the nanometer order.
  • the diameter of the first via 71 is, for example, less than 1000 nm.
  • the diameter of the first via 71 may be 100 nm or less, or 10 nm or less.
  • the diameter of the first via 71 is, for example, 1 nm or more.
  • the diameter of the first via 71 may be 5 nm or more.
  • the first via 71 may also be a ⁇ TSV (microTSV) having a diameter on the ⁇ m order.
  • the first via 71 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.
  • the first via 71 may contain copper as its main component.
  • the main component refers to the component that is contained in the largest amount by mass.
  • the main component is a component that accounts for more than 50% by mass.
  • the main component may also account for more than 80% by mass.
  • the first via 71 is formed, for example, by drilling a hole in the thickness direction of the pixel substrate 31 and depositing a metal such as copper in the hole. Furthermore, when a hole is formed, the tip of the hole becomes thinner. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the upper side of the first via 71 is thinner than the lower side, so the first via 71 is formed from the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the diameter of the first via 71 exemplified above is the maximum diameter of the first via 71, and in the example shown in FIG. 3, it is the diameter of the lowest part of the first via 71.
  • the second via 72 is located within the pixel substrate 31.
  • the second via 72 is formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 31.
  • the isolation region 95 is an isolation region that separates the pixel array 14A from the peripheral portion of the pixel array 14A.
  • the isolation region 95 is located within the pixel substrate 31.
  • the isolation region 95 is, for example, an STI (Shallow Trench Isolation) structure.
  • the STI structure is formed in the pixel substrate 31 by an STI process.
  • the second via 72 is, for example, a buried via formed by burying a metal within a trench used to form the STI structure.
  • the second via 72 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.
  • a liner film 71a is formed on the radially outer surface of the first via 71.
  • the first via 71 and the pixel substrate 31 are separated by the liner film 71a.
  • a liner film 72a is formed on the radially outer surface of the second via 72.
  • the second via 72 and the pixel substrate 31 are separated by the liner film 72a.
  • the liner films 71a and 72a include at least an insulating film made of an insulating material such as silicon oxide.
  • the liner films 71a and 72a may have a layered structure of an insulating film and a film of a metal nitride such as titanium nitride or a metal such as titanium.
  • a portion of the third via 73 is located within the pixel substrate 31.
  • a portion of the third via 73 is formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 31.
  • the third via 73 electrically connects the wiring 61a and the first via 71.
  • the third via 73 is in contact with the wiring 61a.
  • the third via 73 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.
  • the third via 73 is formed, for example, by forming a hole by etching or the like in the isolation region 95 in the pixel substrate 31 and in the insulating layer above the isolation region 95, and then depositing a metal such as copper in the hole.
  • the wiring 61a and the first via 71 are electrically connected via the second via 72.
  • the wiring 61a and the second via 72 are also electrically connected via the third via 73. Therefore, the wiring 61a and the first via 71 are electrically connected via the second via 72 and the third via 73.
  • the first via 71 and the second via 72 are directly connected within the pixel substrate 31, and the second via 72 and the third via 73 are directly connected within the pixel substrate 31.
  • the length of the first via 71 may be longer than the lengths of the second via 72 and the third via 73.
  • the first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 overlap each other in a planar view.
  • the first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 also overlap with an isolation region 95 formed on the pixel substrate 31 in a planar view.
  • the first bonding surface 81 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41.
  • the lower surface of the wiring layer 62 and the upper surface of the wiring layer 63 are bonded at the first bonding surface 81.
  • the first bonding surface 81 is located at the interface between the wiring layer 62 and the wiring layer 63.
  • the first bonding surface 81 is also the surface where the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41 are bonded by hybrid bonding, and includes metal bonds 81a and insulating film bonds 81b.
  • FIG. 3 shows some of the metal bonds 81a and insulating film bonds 81b with reference numerals, but metal bonds 81a and insulating film bonds 81b are formed throughout the first bonding surface 81.
  • Metal bond 81a is formed by bonding pad wiring 62p and pad wiring 63p.
  • pad wiring 62p and 63p contain copper as a main component
  • metal bond 81a is a Cu-Cu bond.
  • Insulating film bond 81b is formed by bonding an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 62p included in wiring layer 62 to an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 63p included in wiring layer 63.
  • the pixel substrate 31 on which the pixel array 14A is formed and the circuit substrate 41 on which the peripheral circuit 4 is formed are stacked, which allows the substrate area of the imaging device 100 to be reduced, enabling miniaturization.
  • the wiring 61a located above the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 and the wiring 62a located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the first bonding surface 81 are electrically connected via the first via 71.
  • the distance between the transistor Tr11 and the first via 71 also needs to be increased to reduce the effect on the transistor Tr11 formed on the pixel substrate 31 of stress caused by forming a bond with a thick TSV. As a result, the pixel substrate 31 becomes larger.
  • the first via 71 is not used for bonding the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41, allowing the imaging device 100 to be miniaturized.
  • the length of the first via 71 can be made shorter than the distance from the wiring 61a to the first bonding surface 81. Generally, the longer a via that penetrates a semiconductor substrate, the larger its diameter. Therefore, by making the length of the first via 71 shorter, the diameter of the first via 71 can be made smaller, and the area for forming the first via 71 can be made narrower. This allows the imaging device 100 to be made smaller.
  • the wiring 61a and the first via 71 are electrically connected via the second via 72 and the third via 73. This allows the length of the first via 71 to be further shortened, further reducing the diameter of the first via 71, and further reducing the size of the imaging device 100.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 including the pixel electrode 50, photoelectric conversion layer 51, and upper electrode 52 is disposed above the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • this type of photoelectric conversion unit 10 compared to when a photodiode formed on a semiconductor substrate is used as the photoelectric conversion unit, no photoelectric conversion unit is formed within the pixel substrate 31 where the transistors of the pixels 14 are formed, allowing the imaging device 100 to be made more compact.
  • photodiodes are not formed on the pixel substrate 31, and the number of semiconductor substrates stacked in the imaging device 100 can be reduced compared to when a semiconductor substrate with a photodiode formed thereon is stacked on the pixel substrate 31. As a result, the number of junctions between wafers including semiconductor substrates and the number of vias penetrating the semiconductor substrates can also be reduced.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view schematically illustrating an example of the planar layout of the imaging device 100 according to the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 schematically illustrates the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, the pad wiring 62p for metal bonding, the charge accumulation region 91, the plug 92, and the first via 71 in a planar view.
  • pixel regions R2 which are regions in which pixels 14 are arranged in a planar view, are indicated by dashed-dotted rectangles.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates 16 pixel regions R2 corresponding to four rows and four columns of pixels 14. Also, FIG.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, the pad wiring 62p, the charge accumulation region 91, and the plug 92 in the two upper left pixel regions R2 as a representative example, and does not illustrate the arrangement of these elements in the other pixel regions R2.
  • the first via 71 is located outside the pixel array region R1.
  • the chip area can be reduced.
  • it is positioned offset from the amplifier transistor 11, which makes it possible to prevent the threshold voltage Vth of the amplifier transistor 11 from fluctuating due to the first via 71.
  • a plurality of first vias 71 are arranged along the outer periphery of the pixel array region R1, constituting a first via group 71G.
  • the plurality of first vias 71 are arranged in a single row, but they may also be arranged in two or more rows.
  • the amplifier transistor 11 is located, in a plan view, between the plug 92 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 and the first via group 71G. This makes the distance between the plug 92 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 and the first via 71 longer than the distance between the first via 71 and the amplifier transistor 11, thereby suppressing noise generated in the plug 92 connected to the charge storage region 91 due to interference from the first via 71. Note that a pixel element other than the amplifier transistor 11 may be located in the position of the amplifier transistor 11.
  • the plug 92 is positioned closer to the side opposite the side closest to the first via 71, which is closest to the pixel region R2, than to the side closest to the first via 71. This also makes it possible to suppress noise generated in the plug 92 due to interference from the first via 71.
  • the pad wiring 62p does not overlap the first via 71 and is located within the pixel region R2.
  • the position of the pad wiring 62p is the same as the position of the above-mentioned metal junction 81a formed by the pad wiring 62p.
  • the pad wiring 62p is located between the plug 92 and the first via group 71G in the same pixel region R2 as the pad wiring 62p.
  • the pad wiring 62p may be located outside the pixel region R2 in plan view. Furthermore, the pad wiring 62p may overlap the first via 71, the amplification transistor 11, or the plug 92 in plan view.
  • a wafer including the pixel substrate 31 is formed, a wafer including the circuit substrate 41 is formed, and the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41 are bonded together. Then, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 is further formed, thereby obtaining the imaging device 100.
  • Figures 5A to 5D are cross-sectional views illustrating the process of forming a wafer including the pixel substrate 31.
  • Figures 6A and 6B are cross-sectional views illustrating the process of forming a wafer including the circuit substrate 41.
  • Figures 7A and 7B are cross-sectional views illustrating the process after bonding the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41.
  • methods for forming impurity regions and isolation regions in semiconductor substrates such as the pixel substrate 31, as well as methods for forming interlayer insulating layers, wiring, vias, electrodes, etc. can use conventionally known methods such as semiconductor integrated circuit manufacturing processes.
  • Figure 5A shows the state in which the wiring layer 61, transistor Tr11, charge storage region 91, plug 92, isolation region 95, second via 72, liner film 72a, and third via 73 have been formed on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • an insulating layer 55 is formed on the wiring layer 61, and a support substrate 56 is bonded to the insulating layer 55. Then, the substrate is turned upside down, and with the pixel substrate 31 supported by the support substrate 56, the pixel substrate 31 is thinned, for example, to approximately 3 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less. This allows the first via 71, which will be formed in a later process, to be shorter.
  • the support substrate 56 is, for example, a silicon substrate or a glass substrate, but is not particularly limited as long as it can support the pixel substrate 31.
  • a wiring layer 62M which is the wiring layer 62 before the pad wiring 62p is formed, is formed on the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31.
  • a hole is drilled from the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 to the pixel substrate 31, and a metal is deposited in the hole to form a first via 71.
  • pad wiring 62p is formed on the wiring layer 62M to form the wiring layer 62.
  • grooves for forming the pad wiring 62p are formed in an insulating layer 62I formed on the wiring layer 62M, and the grooves are filled with a metal such as Cu to form the pad wiring 62p.
  • the insulating layer 62I include an insulating film made of an oxide such as SiO2 , and an insulating film made of SiCN or AlN. In this way, a wafer 31W including the pixel substrate 31, the wiring layer 61, and the wiring layer 62 is formed.
  • circuit board 41 is prepared as shown in FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 6A shows the state in which wiring layer 63M and transistor Tr21 have been formed before pad wiring 63p is formed in wiring layer 63 on the upper surface 41a of circuit board 41.
  • pad wiring 63p is formed on wiring layer 63M to form wiring layer 63.
  • grooves for forming pad wiring 63p are formed in insulating layer 63I formed on wiring layer 63M, and metal such as Cu is filled into the grooves to form pad wiring 63p.
  • the wafer 31W and wafer 41W are hybrid-bonded using the pad wiring 62p and insulating layer 62I, and the pad wiring 63p and insulating layer 63I.
  • insulating layer 63I include an insulating film made of oxide such as SiO2 , and an insulating film made of SiCN or AlN. This forms wafer 41W including circuit board 41 and wiring layer 63.
  • wafer 31W and wafer 41W are bonded together to form a first bonding surface 81.
  • wafer 31W and wafer 41W are bonded together using hybrid bonding, forming a metal bond 81a between pad wiring 62p and pad wiring 63p, and an insulating film bond 81b between insulating layer 62I around pad wiring 62p and insulating layer 63I around pad wiring 63p.
  • the pixel substrate 31 is thinned before bonding, so the thickness t1 of the pixel substrate 31 is smaller than, for example, the thickness t2 of the circuit board 41.
  • first bonding surface 81 wafer 31W and wafer 41W are pressed together so that wiring layer 62 and wiring layer 63 face each other, and then heated at a temperature of 350°C or lower (e.g., 300°C to 350°C). This causes the metal (e.g., copper) of pad wiring 62p and pad wiring 63p to thermally expand, forming metal bond 81a. Furthermore, covalent bonds are formed between insulating layers 62I and 63I as water molecules are released, forming insulating film bond 81b. Furthermore, support substrate 56 is peeled off from wafer 31W before or after forming first bonding surface 81.
  • pixel electrodes 50 and shield electrodes 53 are formed on the insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed above the pixel electrodes 50 and shield electrodes 53.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed continuously and monolithically across multiple pixels 14, for example, as described above.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed using, for example, spin coating or vapor deposition.
  • an upper electrode 52 is formed above the photoelectric conversion layer 51, thereby obtaining the imaging device 100 shown in FIG. 3.
  • the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed after the first bonding surface 81 is formed, so the imaging device 100 can be manufactured without subjecting the photoelectric conversion layer 51 to high-temperature heat treatment.
  • the processes following the formation of the photoelectric conversion layer 51 are performed at temperatures below 250°C.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 101 according to this modified example.
  • the imaging device 101 according to this modified example differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it does not include a second via 72 and a liner film 72a.
  • the first via 71 and the third via 73 are directly connected within the pixel substrate 31.
  • the first via 71 is connected to the wiring 61a via the third via 73, which allows the length of the first via 71 to be shortened, thereby enabling the imaging device 100 to be made more compact.
  • the first via 71 is formed from the lower surface 31b side of the pixel substrate 31, but as shown in FIG. 9, it may be formed from the upper surface 31a side of the pixel substrate 31.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of another image capture device 101A according to this modified example. In the image capture device 101A shown in FIG. 9, the lower side of the first via 71 is narrower than the upper side.
  • Modification 2 Next, a description will be given of Modification 2 of Embodiment 1. The following description will focus on the differences between Embodiment 1 and Modification 1 of Embodiment 1, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 102 according to this modification.
  • the imaging device 102 according to this modification differs from another imaging device 101A according to Modification 1 of Embodiment 1 mainly in that it does not include a separation region 95.
  • the first via 71 penetrates the entire pixel substrate 31.
  • the first via 71 is electrically connected to the wiring 61a via the third via 73, but the third via 73 may not be provided and the first via 71 may be directly connected to the wiring 61a.
  • the first via 71 is formed from the upper surface 31a side, but it may also be formed from the lower surface 31b side.
  • Modification 3 Next, a description will be given of Modification 3 of Embodiment 1. The following description will focus on the differences from Embodiment 1 and Modifications 1 and 2 of Embodiment 1, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 103 according to this modification.
  • the imaging device 103 according to this modification differs from the imaging device 101 according to Modification 1 of Embodiment 1 mainly in that it includes a wiring layer 132 instead of wiring layer 62.
  • the wiring layer 132 has a configuration in which the wiring such as wiring 62a and the interlayer insulating layer between the pad wiring 62p and the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 are removed from the wiring layer 62.
  • the wiring layer 132 is composed of the pad wiring 62p and the insulating layer in the same layer as the pad wiring 62p.
  • the first via 71 is connected to the pad wiring 62p without going through the wiring 62a.
  • the first via 71 is in contact with the pad wiring 62p. This makes it possible to further shorten the first via 71.
  • the pad wiring 62p is an example of the second wiring.
  • the first via 71 is formed from the lower surface 31b side of the pixel substrate 31, but as shown in FIG. 12, it may be formed from the upper surface 31a side of the pixel substrate 31.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of another image capture device 103A according to this modified example. In the image capture device 103A shown in FIG. 12, the lower side of the first via 71 is narrower than the upper side.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 104 according to this modified example.
  • the imaging device 104 according to this modified example differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it further includes a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 64, a wiring layer 65, a fourth via 74, a fifth via 75, a sixth via 76, and a second bonding surface 82, and in that it includes a wiring layer 143 instead of the wiring layer 63.
  • the imaging device 104 has a structure in which a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 65, a wiring layer 64, a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 143, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 31, a wiring layer 61, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z-axis direction.
  • Pixel substrate 31 and pixel substrate 32 are stacked via a first bonding surface 81 located between pixel substrate 31 and pixel substrate 32. Furthermore, pixel substrate 32 and circuit substrate 41 are stacked via a second bonding surface 82 located between pixel substrate 32 and circuit substrate 41.
  • Pixel substrate 32 is, for example, a p-type or n-type semiconductor substrate in which various impurity regions are formed. Pixel substrate 32 may also be a silicon substrate.
  • pixel substrate 31 is an example of a first substrate
  • pixel substrate 32 is an example of a second substrate
  • circuit substrate 41 is an example of a third substrate.
  • a well may be formed in pixel substrate 32.
  • the pixel substrate 32 is located closer to the bottom surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the top surface 31a.
  • the pixel substrate 32 includes a top surface 32a and a bottom surface 32b opposite the top surface 32a.
  • the top surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 104 than the bottom surface 32b.
  • the top surface 32a is an example of the third surface
  • the bottom surface 32b is an example of the fourth surface.
  • a transistor Tr12 which is an example of a second transistor, is arranged on the top surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32.
  • the transistor Tr12 is a transistor different from the transistor Tr11 included in the pixel 14, and is, for example, any of the above-mentioned amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13. Note that for ease of viewing, Figure 13 shows only one transistor Tr12 arranged on the top surface 32a. For example, one or two of the amplification transistors 11, reset transistors 12, and address transistors 13 of the multiple pixels 14 are arranged on the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32. In the imaging device 104, for example, the remaining one or two of the amplification transistors 11, reset transistors 12, and address transistors 13 of the multiple pixels 14 are arranged on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • transistors are arranged on top surface 31a, and on pixel substrate 32, transistors are arranged on top surface 32a, with pixel substrate 31 and pixel substrate 32 stacked face-to-back.
  • the circuit board 41 is located closer to the bottom surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 than to the top surface 32a.
  • the transistors on the pixel substrate 32 are arranged on the top surface 32a, and the transistors on the circuit board 41 are arranged on the top surface 41a, with the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit board 41 stacked face-to-back.
  • the wiring layer 143 is located between the wiring layer 62 and the pixel substrate 32.
  • the wiring layer 143 is located closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than the lower surface 32b, and covers the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32.
  • the wiring layer 143 has a configuration in which wiring 63b is added to the wiring layer 63.
  • the wiring 63b is an example of a third wiring, and is located between the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 and the first bonding surface 81.
  • the wiring 63b electrically connects, for example, at least one of the transistor Tr12 and the wiring 63a to the fourth via 74.
  • the wiring layer 64 is located between the pixel substrate 32 and the wiring layer 65.
  • the wiring layer 64 is bonded to the wiring layer 65 by the second bonding surface 82.
  • the wiring layer 64 is located closer to the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 than to the upper surface 32a, and covers the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32.
  • the wiring layer 64 includes multiple wirings including wirings 64a and pad wirings 64p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer.
  • the wiring 64a is an example of the fourth wiring and is located between the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 and the second bonding surface 82.
  • the wiring 64a electrically connects the fourth via 74 and the pad wiring 64p.
  • the pad wiring 64p is formed in the lowest part of the wiring layer 64, i.e., in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 65.
  • the pad wiring 64p forms a metal junction 82a on the second bonding surface 82.
  • the wiring layer 65 is located between the wiring layer 64 and the circuit board 41.
  • the wiring layer 65 is located closer to the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 than to the lower surface thereof, and covers the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41.
  • the upper surface 41a is an example of the fifth surface.
  • the wiring layer 65 includes a plurality of wirings including wirings 65a and pad wirings 65p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and a plurality of vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer.
  • an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 65.
  • Wiring 65a is an example of a fifth wiring, and is located between the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 and the second bonding surface 82. Wiring 65a electrically connects pad wiring 65p to the peripheral circuit 4. Wiring 65a electrically connects, for example, pad wiring 65p to transistor Tr21. Wiring 65a and wiring 64a are also electrically connected via the second bonding surface 82.
  • the pad wiring 65p is formed in the uppermost insulating layer of the wiring layer 65, i.e., the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 62.
  • the pad wiring 65p forms a metal junction 82a on the second bonding surface 82.
  • the wiring and vias in the wiring layers 143, 64, and 65 each contain, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. Furthermore, the insulating layers, such as the interlayer insulating layers, in the wiring layers 143, 64, and 65 contain, for example, silicon oxide or silicon carbonitride.
  • the fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 have the same structure as the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73, respectively, except that they are arranged to penetrate pixel substrate 32 rather than pixel substrate 31.
  • the fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 may be formed from the same material as the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73, respectively.
  • the fourth via 74 penetrates at least a portion of the pixel substrate 32, and at least a portion of it is located within the pixel substrate 32.
  • the fourth via 74 is, for example, a TSV.
  • the wiring 63b and wiring 64a are electrically connected via the fourth via 74.
  • the fourth via 74 is in contact with the wiring 64a.
  • the fourth via 74 is, for example, a nanoTSV.
  • the diameter of the fourth via 74 is, for example, less than 1000 nm.
  • the diameter of the fourth via 74 may be 100 nm or less, or 10 nm or less.
  • the diameter of the fourth via 74 is, for example, 1 nm or more.
  • the diameter of the fourth via 74 may be 5 nm or more.
  • the fourth via 74 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.
  • the fourth via 74 may contain copper as its main component.
  • the upper side of the fourth via 74 is narrower than the lower side, so the fourth via 74 is formed from the lower surface 32b side of the pixel substrate 32.
  • the diameter of the fourth via 74 exemplified above is the maximum diameter of the fourth via 74, and in the example shown in FIG. 13, it is the diameter of the lowest part of the fourth via 74.
  • the fifth via 75 is located within the pixel substrate 32. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the fifth via 75 is formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 32.
  • the fifth via 75 is, for example, a buried via formed by burying a metal within a trench for forming an STI structure.
  • the fifth via 75 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.
  • a liner film 74a is formed on the radially outer surface of the fourth via 74.
  • the fourth via 74 and the pixel substrate 32 are separated by the liner film 74a.
  • a liner film 75a is formed on the radially outer surface of the fifth via 75.
  • the fifth via 75 and the pixel substrate 32 are separated by the liner film 75a.
  • the liner films 74a and 75a include at least an insulating film made of an insulating material such as silicon oxide.
  • the liner films 74a and 75a may have a layered structure of an insulating film and a film of a metal nitride such as titanium nitride or a metal such as titanium.
  • the sixth via 76 is partially located within the pixel substrate 32. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the sixth via 76 is partially formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 32. The sixth via 76 electrically connects the wiring 63b and the fourth via 74. The sixth via 76 is in contact with the wiring 63b.
  • the sixth via 76 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.
  • the sixth via 76 is formed, for example, by forming a hole by etching or the like in the isolation region 95 in the pixel substrate 32 and in the insulating layer above the isolation region 95, and then depositing a metal such as copper in the hole.
  • Wiring 63b and fourth via 74 are electrically connected via fifth via 75.
  • Wiring 63b and fifth via 75 are also electrically connected via sixth via 76. Therefore, wiring 63b and fourth via 74 are electrically connected via fifth via 75 and sixth via 76.
  • Fourth via 74 and fifth via 75 are directly connected within pixel substrate 32, and fifth via 75 and sixth via 76 are directly connected within pixel substrate 32.
  • the length of fourth via 74 may be longer than the lengths of fifth via 75 and sixth via 76.
  • Fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 overlap each other in a planar view.
  • fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 overlap with first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73 in a planar view.
  • the fourth via 74, the fifth via 75, and the sixth via 76 overlap with the isolation region 95 formed on the pixel substrate 32 in a plan view.
  • the second bonding surface 82 is located between the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41.
  • the lower surface of the wiring layer 64 and the upper surface of the wiring layer 65 are bonded at the second bonding surface 82.
  • the second bonding surface 82 is located at the interface between the wiring layer 64 and the wiring layer 65.
  • the second bonding surface 82 is also the surface where the wafer including the pixel substrate 32 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41 are bonded by hybrid bonding, and includes metal bonds 82a and insulating film bonds 82b.
  • FIG. 13 shows some of the metal bonds 82a and insulating film bonds 82b with reference numerals, but metal bonds 82a and insulating film bonds 82b are formed throughout the second bonding surface 82.
  • Metal bond 82a is formed by bonding pad wiring 64p and pad wiring 65p.
  • pad wiring 64p and 65p contain copper as a main component
  • metal bond 82a is a Cu-Cu bond.
  • Insulating film bond 82b is formed by bonding an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 64p included in wiring layer 64 to an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 65p included in wiring layer 65.
  • the transistors of the pixel 14 are arranged separately on the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32. This allows elements such as pixel transistors to be arranged separately on the upper and lower substrates, further miniaturizing the imaging device 104.
  • the pixel transistors By arranging the pixel transistors on separate substrates, the number of elements per area in the pixel 14 is reduced, allowing the area of the amplifier transistor 11 to be increased, for example. Increasing the gate length and/or gate width of the amplifier transistor 11 can achieve noise reduction.
  • the wiring 61a located above the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 is electrically connected to the wiring 62a located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the first bonding surface 81 via the first via 71.
  • the wiring 63b located between the first bonding surface 81 and the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 is electrically connected to the wiring 64a located between the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 and the second bonding surface 82 via the fourth via 74.
  • the fourth via 74 also provides the same effect as the first via 71, allowing the imaging device 104 to be made smaller.
  • the first via 71 overlaps with the fourth via 74 in a plan view, allowing the imaging device 104 to be made more compact effectively.
  • the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 104, and the electrical connection structure from the wiring 63b including the fourth via 74 to the pad wiring 64p are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 13, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied.
  • Modification 5 Next, a description will be given of Modification 5 of Embodiment 1. The following description will focus on the differences between this embodiment and Embodiment 1 and Modifications 1 to 4 of Embodiment 1, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 105 according to this modified example.
  • the imaging device 105 according to this modified example differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it further includes a circuit board 42, wiring layers 64 and 65, a fourth via 74, a fifth via 75, a sixth via 76, and a second bonding surface 82, and in that it includes a wiring layer 143 instead of wiring layer 63.
  • the imaging device 105 has a structure in which a circuit board 42, a wiring layer 65, a wiring layer 64, a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 143, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 31, a wiring layer 61, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis. It can also be said that the imaging device 105 has a structure in which the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit board 41 in the imaging device 104 according to Variation 4 of Embodiment 1 are replaced with the circuit board 41 and the circuit board 42, respectively.
  • circuit board 41 and circuit board 42 are stacked via a second bonding surface 82 located between circuit board 41 and circuit board 42.
  • Circuit board 42 is, for example, a p-type or n-type semiconductor substrate in which various impurity regions are formed.
  • Circuit board 42 may also be a silicon substrate.
  • pixel substrate 31 is an example of a first substrate
  • circuit board 41 is an example of a second substrate
  • circuit board 42 is an example of a third substrate.
  • a well may be formed in circuit board 42.
  • the circuit board 41 includes an upper surface 41a and a lower surface 41b opposite the upper surface 41a.
  • the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 105 than the lower surface 41b.
  • the upper surface 41a is an example of the third surface
  • the lower surface 41b is an example of the fourth surface.
  • the circuit board 42 is located closer to the lower surface 41b of the circuit board 41 than the upper surface 41a.
  • the circuit board 42 includes an upper surface 42a which is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 105 than the lower surface.
  • the upper surface 42a is an example of the fifth surface.
  • a transistor Tr22 is arranged on the upper surface 42a of the circuit board 42.
  • the transistor Tr22 is a different transistor from the transistor Tr21 included in the peripheral circuit 4. Note that, for ease of viewing, Figure 14 shows only one transistor Tr22 arranged on the upper surface 42a. Multiple transistors that are part of the transistors included in each circuit of the peripheral circuit 4 can be arranged on the upper surface 42a.
  • circuit board 41 the transistors are arranged on the upper surface 41a, and in circuit board 42, the transistors are arranged on the upper surface 42a, with circuit boards 41 and 42 stacked face-to-back.
  • each circuit in peripheral circuit 4 is formed separately on circuit board 41 and circuit board 42. There are no particular restrictions on how the elements of each circuit in peripheral circuit 4 are allocated to circuit board 41 and circuit board 42.
  • one of circuit boards 41 and 42 may have an analog circuit arranged thereon and be supplied with an analog circuit voltage of about 3.3V, while the other may have a digital circuit arranged thereon and be supplied with a digital circuit voltage of about 1.2V.
  • the gate length of the transistors in the analog circuit may be shorter than the gate length of the transistors in pixels 14, and the gate length of the transistors in the digital circuit may be shorter than the gate length of the transistors in the analog circuit.
  • one of circuit boards 41 and 42 may have N-channel MOSFETs formed as transistors, while the other may have P-channel MOSFETs formed as transistors.
  • one of circuit boards 41 and 42 may have memory such as SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) arranged thereon, while the other may have circuits other than memory arranged thereon.
  • Peripheral circuit 4 may be located on one of circuit boards 41 and 42, and an image signal processor (ISP) and/or a processor for a neural network may be located on the other.
  • ISP image signal processor
  • the wiring layer 143 is located between the wiring layer 62 and the circuit board 41.
  • the wiring layer 143 is located closer to the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 than to the lower surface 41b, and covers the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41.
  • the wiring 63b is an example of a third wiring, and is located between the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 and the first bonding surface 81.
  • the wiring 63b electrically connects, for example, at least one of the transistor Tr21 and the wiring 63a to the fourth via 74.
  • circuit board 41 to circuit board 42 in imaging device 105 is the same as imaging device 104 according to Variant 4 of Embodiment 1, except that pixel board 32 and circuit board 41 are replaced with circuit board 41 and circuit board 42, respectively.
  • the structure from circuit board 41 to circuit board 42 in imaging device 105 can be explained by replacing pixel board 32 and circuit board 41 with circuit board 41 and circuit board 42, respectively, in the corresponding parts of the explanation of the structure in Variant 4 of Embodiment 1.
  • the elements of each circuit in the peripheral circuit 4 are arranged separately on the circuit board 41 and the circuit board 42, which allows the imaging device 105 to be further miniaturized.
  • the imaging device 105 can also be miniaturized by providing the fourth via 74.
  • the first via 71 overlaps with the fourth via 74 in a plan view, which allows the imaging device 105 to be effectively miniaturized.
  • the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 105, and the electrical connection structure from the wiring 63b including the fourth via 74 to the pad wiring 64p are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 14, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied.
  • the imaging device 105 may further include the pixel substrate 32 described above between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit board 41.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 106 according to this modification.
  • the imaging device 106 according to this modification differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it further includes a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 66, and a third bonding surface 83, and in that it includes a wiring layer 161 instead of wiring layer 61.
  • the imaging device 106 according to this modification also differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 in that the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a, including the first via 71, to the pad wiring 62p is formed on the pixel substrate 32, not the pixel substrate 31, and that the transistor Tr11, charge accumulation region 91, and plug 92 are disposed on the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the imaging device 106 has a structure in which a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 63, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 161, a wiring layer 66, a pixel substrate 31, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis.
  • the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32 are stacked together with a third bonding surface 83 located between the pixel substrates 31 and 32.
  • the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41 are stacked together with a first bonding surface 81 located between the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41.
  • the pixel substrate 32 is an example of a first substrate
  • the circuit substrate 41 is an example of a second substrate.
  • the transistors on the pixel substrate 31 are arranged on the lower surface 31b, and the transistors on the pixel substrate 32 are arranged on the upper surface 32a, with the pixel substrates 31 and 32 stacked face-to-face.
  • the wiring layer 66 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the wiring layer 161.
  • the wiring layer 66 is located closer to the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the upper surface 31a, and covers the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the wiring layer 66 includes multiple wirings including wirings 66a and pad wirings 66p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer. MIM capacitance may also be formed within the wiring layer 66.
  • the wiring 66a is located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the third bonding surface 83.
  • the wiring 66a electrically connects the pad wiring 66p to the pixel 14.
  • the wiring 66a electrically connects, for example, the pad wiring 66p to the transistor Tr11.
  • the pad wiring 66p is formed in the lowest part of the wiring layer 66, i.e., in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 161.
  • the pad wiring 66p forms a metal junction 83a on the third bonding surface 83.
  • the wiring layer 161 is located between the wiring layer 66 and the pixel substrate 32.
  • the wiring layer 161 is located closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than the lower surface 32b, and covers the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32.
  • the upper surface 32a is an example of the first surface.
  • the wiring layer 161 has a configuration in which a pad wiring 61p is added to the wiring layer 61.
  • the pad wiring 61p is formed at the uppermost part of the wiring layer 161, that is, in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 66.
  • the pad wiring 61p forms a metal junction 83a at the third bonding surface 83.
  • the pad wiring 61p is electrically connected to, for example, at least one of the transistor Tr12 and the wiring 61a.
  • the wiring and vias in the wiring layers 66 and 161 each contain, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.
  • the insulating layers, such as the interlayer insulating layers, in the wiring layers 66 and 161 contain, for example, silicon oxide or silicon carbonitride.
  • the third bonding surface 83 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32.
  • the lower surface of the wiring layer 66 and the upper surface of the wiring layer 161 are bonded at the third bonding surface 83.
  • the third bonding surface 83 is located at the interface between the wiring layer 66 and the wiring layer 161.
  • the third bonding surface 83 is also the surface where the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the pixel substrate 32 are bonded by hybrid bonding, and includes metal bonds 83a and insulating film bonds 83b.
  • FIG. 15 shows some of the metal bonds 83a and insulating film bonds 83b with reference numerals, but metal bonds 83a and insulating film bonds 83b are formed throughout the third bonding surface 83.
  • Metal bond 83a is formed by bonding pad wiring 66p and pad wiring 61p.
  • metal bond 83a is a Cu-Cu bond.
  • Insulating film bond 83b is formed by bonding an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 66p included in wiring layer 66 to an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 61p included in wiring layer 161.
  • the circuit board 41 is located closer to the bottom surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 than to the top surface 32a.
  • the bottom surface 32b is an example of the second surface.
  • transistors are arranged on the top surface 32a, and in the circuit board 41, transistors are arranged on the top surface 41a, with the pixel substrate 32 and circuit board 41 stacked face-to-back.
  • the structure of the imaging device 106, from the circuit board 41 to the pixel board 32, is the same as that of the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1, except that the pixel board 31 is replaced with the pixel board 32.
  • the structure of the imaging device 106, from the circuit board 41 to the pixel board 32, can be explained by substituting the pixel board 31 for the pixel board 32 in the corresponding parts of the explanation in embodiment 1.
  • the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 106 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 15, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied.
  • the imaging device 106 may also further include the above-mentioned circuit board 42 below the circuit board 41.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 107 according to this modification.
  • the imaging device 107 according to this modification differs from the imaging device 106 according to Modification 6 of Embodiment 1 mainly in that it does not include a third bonding surface 83 and that it includes wiring layers 176 and 171 instead of wiring layers 66 and 161.
  • the imaging device 107 according to this modification also differs from the imaging device 106 according to Modification 6 of Embodiment 1 in that a transistor Tr11, a charge accumulation region 91, and a plug 92 are arranged on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the imaging device 107 has a structure in which a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 63, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 171, a pixel substrate 31, a wiring layer 176, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis.
  • the pixel substrates 31 and 32 are stacked using, for example, 3DSI (3D Sequential Integration) technology without using hybrid junctions such as TSV junctions and Cu-Cu junctions.
  • elements such as transistor Tr12 are formed on the pixel substrate 32, and then the pixel substrate 31 is attached to a substrate on which a wiring layer 171 is formed, as if by transfer printing, or the pixel substrate 31 is formed by monolithically depositing a semiconductor layer such as a silicon layer.
  • elements such as transistor Tr11 are formed on the pixel substrate 31, and a wiring layer 176 is formed on top of them.
  • plugs may be formed to electrically connect the elements formed on the pixel substrate 31 and the elements formed on the pixel substrate 32.
  • the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41 are stacked via a first bonding surface 81 located between the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41.
  • the pixel substrate 32 is an example of a first substrate
  • the circuit substrate 41 is an example of a second substrate.
  • the wiring layer 176 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the photoelectric conversion unit 10.
  • the wiring layer 176 is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than to the lower surface 31b, and covers the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.
  • the wiring layer 176 includes multiple wires, an interlayer insulating layer between the wires, and multiple vias that provide electrical connections across the interlayer insulating layer. Furthermore, an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 176.
  • the wiring layer 171 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32.
  • the wiring layer 171 is located closer to the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the upper surface 31a, and closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than to the lower surface 32b, and covers the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32.
  • the wiring layer 171 includes multiple wirings including the wiring 61a, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer. Furthermore, an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 171.
  • the wiring 61a is located closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than to the lower surface 32b, and closer to the pixel substrate 32 than to the photoelectric conversion unit 10.
  • the wiring 61a electrically connects the first via 71 and the pixel 14.
  • the wiring 61a electrically connects, for example, the first via 71 and the transistor Tr12.
  • the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 107 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 16, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied.
  • the imaging device 107 may further include the above-mentioned circuit board 42 below the circuit board 41.
  • Embodiment 2 The following describes an imaging device according to embodiment 2. The following mainly describes differences from embodiment 1 and variations 1 to 7 of embodiment 1, and omits or simplifies descriptions of commonalities.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.
  • the imaging device 200 differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that the first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 are located within the pixel array region R1 in a plan view.
  • a structure similar to that of the imaging device 100 shown in FIG. 3 is formed within the pixel array region R1. This makes it possible to reduce the area of the region surrounding the pixel array region R1, thereby enabling the imaging device 200 to be made more compact.
  • the first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 overlap with an isolation region 96 formed in the pixel substrate 31 in a planar view.
  • the isolation region 96 is located within the pixel substrate 31 at the boundary between the pixel regions R2 of two adjacent pixels 14, which are examples of a first pixel and a second pixel.
  • the isolation region 96 is a pixel isolation region that separates adjacent pixels 14.
  • the isolation region 96 has, for example, an STI structure.
  • the first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 are the same as those in the imaging device 100 of embodiment 1, except that they are formed in a position that overlaps with the isolation region 96 rather than the isolation region 95 in a planar view. In the example shown in FIG.
  • the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73 are formed in an isolation region 96 that separates adjacent pixels 14, but the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73 may also be formed in an intra-pixel isolation region, which is an isolation region that separates elements such as transistors within the pixel 14.
  • the size of the first via 71 will be explained, giving specific examples of dimensions. Note that the following explanation is intended to illustrate one example of the size of the first via 71 and is not intended to limit the scope of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a plan view illustrating the size of the first via 71.
  • FIG. 18 shows the sizes of the first via 71 and the charge storage region 91 in a plan view.
  • the pixel region R2 which is the region where the pixels 14 are arranged in a plan view, is shown as a rectangle with dashed lines.
  • FIG. 18 also shows a 0.2 ⁇ m x 0.5 ⁇ m grid with dotted lines, which corresponds to the size of a 22 nm generation SRAM consisting of six transistors.
  • the size of one pixel region R2 is 1.5 ⁇ m x 1.5 ⁇ m, which is large enough to fit 18 SRAMs.
  • the diameter of the first via 71 is 100 nm.
  • the first via 71 is smaller than, for example, the charge storage region 91.
  • the first via 71 can be placed within the pixel array region R1 without affecting the size of the pixel region R2, and can be used to connect between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit board 41.
  • the structure formed within the pixel array region R1 of the imaging device 200 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 17, and the structure of an imaging device according to any of the modifications of embodiment 1, such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 16, may be applied within the pixel array region R1.
  • the imaging device 200 may include first vias 71 and the like not only within the pixel array region R1 but also outside the pixel array region R1.
  • FIG. 19 is a plan view showing a schematic example of a planar layout of an imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic arrangement of an amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, charge storage region 91, plug 92, first via 71, and isolation region 96 in a planar view.
  • pixel regions R2 are shown as rectangles drawn with dashed lines.
  • four pixel regions R2 are shown, corresponding to two rows and two columns of pixels 14. This also applies to the planar layout views described below.
  • Figure 19 shows the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, charge storage region 91, and plug 92 in the two pixel regions R2 on the left side, and does not show the arrangement of these elements in the other pixel regions R2.
  • the first via 71 is located at the boundary of the pixel region R2 in a planar view.
  • the first via 71 is located at a side of the outline of the pixel region R2 in a planar view.
  • the first via 71 may also be located at a corner of the outline of the pixel region R2.
  • the first via 71 may also be located within the pixel region R2.
  • one first via 71 is arranged for one pixel region R2, but two or more first vias 71 may be arranged for one pixel region R2.
  • the distance between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 is longer in a planar view than the distance between the first via 71 and the amplifier transistor 11.
  • the distance between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the pad wiring 62p is longer in a planar view than the distance between the first via 71 and the pad wiring 62p.
  • the pad wiring 62p is located between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the pad wiring 62p in a planar view.
  • the amplifier transistor 11 may be located between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 in a planar view.
  • the pitch at which the pixels 14 are arranged is the same as the pitch at which the pad wirings 62p are arranged in a plan view, and one pad wiring 62p is arranged for one pixel region R2. Note that the pitch at which the pixels 14 are arranged may be different from the pitch at which the pad wirings 62p are arranged. Furthermore, if the pitch at which the pad wirings 62p are arranged is greater than the pitch at which the pixels 14 are arranged, one pad wiring 62p may be shared by two or more first vias 71 in the electrical connection between the pad wiring 62p and the first vias 71.
  • FIG. 20 is a plan view schematically showing an example of a planar layout when an isolation region 96 is not formed in an imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.
  • FIG. 20 representatively illustrates the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, charge storage region 91, and plug 92 in the two pixel regions R2 on the left, and does not illustrate the arrangement of these elements in the other pixel regions R2.
  • an isolation region 96 does not have to be formed on the pixel substrate 31.
  • Figure 21 is a plan view that schematically shows the first example of a planar layout of the imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.
  • Figure 21 shows a planar layout that is line-symmetrical with respect to the boundary line between the pixel regions R2 of two pixels 14 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction.
  • the first via 71 is located at the boundary of the pixel region R2 in a plan view, but it may also be located within the pixel region R2.
  • the distance between the plugs 92 in the pixel regions R2 of two pixels 14 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction is smaller than the distance between the plug 92 and the first via 71. This increases the distance between the first via 71 and the plug 92, making it possible to suppress noise generated in the plug 92 connected to the charge storage region 91 due to interference from the first via 71.
  • Figure 22 is a plan view that schematically shows the second example of the planar layout of the imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.
  • the arrangements of the amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, and first via 71 are reversed in the X-axis direction in the pixel regions R2 of two pixels 14 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction.
  • the two adjacent pixels 14 share a charge storage region 91 and plug 92.
  • No isolation region 96 is arranged at the boundary between the pixel regions R2 of two adjacent pixels 14 in the X-axis direction, and the charge storage region 91 and plug 92 shared by the two pixels 14 are arranged there.
  • the first via 71 is located on the side of the outline of the pixel region R2 that faces the boundary. This makes it possible to increase the distance between the first via 71 and the plug 92.
  • Figure 23 is a plan view schematically showing the third example of the planar layout of the imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.
  • the first via 71 is located on the outer periphery of the pixel regions R2 of the four pixels 14. This allows the distance between the first via 71 and the plug 92 to be increased. In the example shown in FIG. 23, the first via 71 is located on a side of the outline of the pixel region R2 in a plan view. The first via 71 may also be located at a corner of the outline of the pixel region R2 in a plan view.
  • the amplification transistors 11 are arranged in a two-row, two-column array in the row and column directions in a plan view, closer to the periphery than the center of the pixel regions R2 of four adjacent pixels 14, but may also be arranged in a position closer to the center than the periphery of the pixel regions R2 of the four pixels 14.
  • Embodiment 3 Next, a description will be given of embodiment 3.
  • a camera system including an imaging device according to the present disclosure will be described.
  • FIG. 24 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a camera system 400 according to this embodiment.
  • the camera system 400 includes a lens optical system 601, an imaging device 602, a system controller 603, and a camera signal processing circuit 604.
  • the camera system 400 may be, for example, a smartphone, a digital camera, a video camera, or an in-vehicle camera.
  • Lens optical system 601 focuses light onto the imaging surface of imaging device 602.
  • Lens optical system 601 may include, for example, a lens group including an autofocus lens and a zoom lens, and an aperture.
  • imaging device 602 for example, an imaging device according to any of the above-mentioned Embodiment 1, Variations 1 to 7 of Embodiment 1, and Embodiment 2 is used.
  • the system controller 603 controls the entire camera system 400.
  • the system controller 603 is, for example, a semiconductor integrated circuit, and a specific example is a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • the camera signal processing circuit 604 has the function of processing the output signal from the imaging device 602.
  • the camera signal processing circuit 604 receives output data from the imaging device 602 and performs processes such as gamma correction, color interpolation, spatial interpolation, and auto white balance.
  • the camera signal processing circuit 604 is, for example, a DSP (Digital Signal Processor).
  • the imaging device 602 and the camera signal processing circuit 604 may be implemented as a single semiconductor device.
  • the semiconductor device may be, for example, a so-called SoC (System on a Chip). With this configuration, electronic devices that include the imaging device 602 as a part thereof can be made smaller.
  • the first bonding surface 81, the second bonding surface 82, and the third bonding surface 83 are bonded by hybrid bonding, but this is not limited to this. Bonding of at least one of the first bonding surface 81, the second bonding surface 82, and the third bonding surface 83 may be by a method other than hybrid bonding, such as bump bonding.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 includes the pixel electrode 50, the photoelectric conversion layer 51, and the upper electrode 52, but this is not limited to this.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 may also be a photodiode.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 may be a photodiode including an impurity region arranged on the pixel substrate 31.
  • the photoelectric conversion unit 10 may be a stack of a photodiode including an impurity region arranged on the pixel substrate 31 and a photoelectric conversion layer.
  • the circuit board may be arranged not only with peripheral circuits, but also with circuits other than peripheral circuits, such as an image signal processor (ISP) and/or a processor for a neural network.
  • ISP image signal processor
  • the imaging device and camera system according to the present disclosure are useful, for example, in image sensors and digital cameras.
  • the imaging device and camera system according to the present disclosure can be used in medical cameras, robot cameras, security cameras, cameras mounted on vehicles, and the like.
  • Photoelectric conversion unit 11 Amplifying transistor 12 Reset transistor 13 Address transistor 14 Pixel 14A Pixel array 15 Vertical scanning circuit 16 Counter electrode signal line 17 Vertical signal line 18 Load circuit 19 Column signal processing circuit 20 Horizontal signal readout circuit 21 Power supply line 22 Differential amplifier 23 Feedback line 24 Charge storage node 25 Charge detection circuit 26 Address signal line 27 Reset signal line 28 Horizontal common signal line 30 Voltage control circuit 31, 32 Pixel substrate 31a, 32a, 41a, 42a Upper surface 31b, 32b, 41b Lower surface 31W, 41W Wafer 41, 42 Circuit substrate 50 Pixel electrode 51 Photoelectric conversion layer 52 Upper electrode 53 Shield electrode 55, 62I, 63I Insulating layer 56 Support substrate 61, 62, 62M, 63, 63M, 64, 65, 66, 132, 143, 161, 171, 176 Wiring layers 61a, 62a, 63a, 63b, 64a, 65a, 66a Wirings 61p, 62p, 63p, 64p, 65p,

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)

Abstract

An imaging device according to the present invention comprises: a first substrate; a second substrate that is located closer to a second surface than a first surface of the first substrate; a first bonding surface that is located between the first substrate and the second substrate; a photoelectric conversion unit that is located closer to the first surface than the second surface of the first substrate and converts incident light into an electric charge; a first wire that is located between the photoelectric conversion unit and the first substrate; a second wire that is located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface; a third wire that is located between a third surface of the second substrate and the first bonding surface; and a first via of which at least a portion is located in the first substrate. The first substrate and the second substrate are laminated with the first bonding surface therebetween. The first wire and the second wire are electrically connected via the first via.

Description

撮像装置Imaging device

 本開示は、撮像装置に関する。 This disclosure relates to an imaging device.

 デジタルカメラなどには、CCD(Charge Coupled Device)イメージセンサおよびCMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor)イメージセンサが広く用いられている。このようなイメージセンサを用いた撮像装置として、光電変換部を半導体基板の光が入射する側に配置した構造を有する積層型の撮像装置が提案されている。 CCD (Charge Coupled Device) image sensors and CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) image sensors are widely used in digital cameras and other devices. One imaging device that uses such image sensors is a stacked imaging device with a structure in which the photoelectric conversion unit is located on the light-incident side of the semiconductor substrate.

 例えば、特許文献1では、光電変換部を含む撮像セルの回路および周辺回路が同一の半導体基板に形成された撮像装置が開示されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an imaging device in which the circuitry of an imaging cell including a photoelectric conversion unit and peripheral circuits are formed on the same semiconductor substrate.

特開2018-50035号公報JP 2018-50035 A

 撮像装置においては、小型化が求められている。 There is a demand for miniaturization in imaging devices.

 そこで、本開示では、小型化できる撮像装置を提供する。 This disclosure therefore provides an imaging device that can be miniaturized.

 本開示の一態様に係る撮像装置は、第1面および前記第1面に対向する第2面を含み、前記第1面は前記第2面よりも、前記撮像装置に入射光が入射する位置に近い第1基板と、前記第1基板の前記第1面よりも前記第2面の近くに位置する第2基板であって、第3面および前記第3面に対向する第4面を含み、前記第3面は、前記第4面よりも前記第1基板に近い第2基板と、前記第1基板と前記第2基板との間に位置する第1接合面と、前記第1基板の前記第2面よりも前記第1面の近くに位置し、前記入射光を電荷に変換する光電変換部と、前記光電変換部と前記第1基板との間に位置する第1配線と、前記第1基板の前記第2面と前記第1接合面との間に位置する第2配線と、前記第2基板の前記第3面と前記第1接合面との間に位置する第3配線と、少なくとも一部が前記第1基板内に位置する第1ビアと、を備える。前記第1基板と前記第2基板とは、前記第1接合面を介して積層され、前記第1配線と前記第2配線とは、前記第1ビアを介して電気的に接続される。 An imaging device according to one aspect of the present disclosure comprises: a first substrate including a first surface and a second surface opposite the first surface, the first surface being closer to a position where incident light enters the imaging device than the second surface; a second substrate located closer to the second surface of the first substrate than the first surface of the first substrate, the second substrate including a third surface and a fourth surface opposite the third surface, the third surface being closer to the first substrate than the fourth surface; a first bonding surface located between the first substrate and the second substrate; a photoelectric conversion unit located closer to the first surface of the first substrate than the second surface of the first substrate and converting the incident light into electric charges; a first wiring located between the photoelectric conversion unit and the first substrate; a second wiring located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface; a third wiring located between the third surface of the second substrate and the first bonding surface; and a first via, at least a portion of which is located within the first substrate. The first substrate and the second substrate are stacked via the first bonding surface, and the first wiring and the second wiring are electrically connected via the first via.

 本開示によれば、撮像装置を小型化できる。 This disclosure makes it possible to miniaturize imaging devices.

図1は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置の概略構成の一例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an imaging device according to the first embodiment. 図2は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置の回路構成を示す図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a circuit configuration of the imaging device according to the first embodiment. 図3は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of the imaging device according to the first embodiment. 図4は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置における平面レイアウトの一例を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 4 is a plan view schematically illustrating an example of a planar layout of the imaging device according to the first embodiment. 図5Aは、画素基板を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 5A is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a pixel substrate. 図5Bは、画素基板を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a pixel substrate. 図5Cは、画素基板を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 5C is a cross-sectional view for explaining a process of forming a wafer including a pixel substrate. 図5Dは、画素基板を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 5D is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a pixel substrate. 図6Aは、回路基板を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a circuit board. 図6Bは、回路基板を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a process for forming a wafer including a circuit board. 図7Aは、画素基板を含むウエハと回路基板を含むウエハとの接合以降の工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 7A is a cross-sectional view for explaining a process subsequent to bonding of a wafer including a pixel substrate and a wafer including a circuit substrate. 図7Bは、画素基板を含むウエハと回路基板を含むウエハとの接合以降の工程を説明するための断面図である。FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view for explaining a process subsequent to bonding of the wafer including the pixel substrate and the wafer including the circuit substrate. 図8は、実施の形態1の変形例1に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to Modification 1 of Embodiment 1. In FIG. 図9は、実施の形態1の変形例1に係る別の撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of another imaging device according to the first modification of the first embodiment. 図10は、実施の形態1の変形例2に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the second modification of the first embodiment. 図11は、実施の形態1の変形例3に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the third modification of the first embodiment. 図12は、実施の形態1の変形例3に係る別の撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of another imaging device according to the third modification of the first embodiment. 図13は、実施の形態1の変形例4に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the fourth modification of the first embodiment. 図14は、実施の形態1の変形例5に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to Modification 5 of Embodiment 1. In FIG. 図15は、実施の形態1の変形例6に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the sixth modification of the first embodiment. 図16は、実施の形態1の変形例7に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 16 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the seventh modification of the first embodiment. 図17は、実施の形態2に係る撮像装置のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a device structure of an imaging device according to the second embodiment. 図18は、第1ビアの大きさを説明するための平面図である。FIG. 18 is a plan view for explaining the size of the first via. 図19は、実施の形態2に係る撮像装置における平面レイアウトの一例を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 19 is a plan view schematically illustrating an example of a planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment. 図20は、実施の形態2に係る撮像装置に画素分離領域が形成されていない場合の平面レイアウトの一例を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 20 is a plan view schematically showing an example of a planar layout in the case where a pixel isolation region is not formed in the imaging device according to the second embodiment. 図21は、実施の形態2に係る撮像装置における平面レイアウトの第1の別例を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 21 is a plan view schematically showing a first example of a planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment. 図22は、実施の形態2に係る撮像装置における平面レイアウトの第2の別例を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 22 is a plan view schematically showing a second example of the planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment. 図23は、実施の形態2に係る撮像装置における平面レイアウトの第3の別例を模式的に示す平面図である。FIG. 23 is a plan view schematically showing a third example of the planar layout of the imaging device according to the second embodiment. 図24は、実施の形態3に係るカメラシステムの構成の一例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 24 is a block diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a camera system according to the third embodiment.

 (本開示の概要)
 本開示の一様態の概要として、本開示に係る撮像装置の例を以下に示す。
(Summary of the Disclosure)
As an overview of one aspect of the present disclosure, an example of an imaging device according to the present disclosure is shown below.

 (第1態様)
 例えば、本開示の第1態様に係る撮像装置は、第1面および前記第1面に対向する第2面を含み、前記第1面は、前記第2面よりも、前記撮像装置に入射光が入射する位置に近い第1基板と、前記第1基板の前記第1面よりも前記第2面の近くに位置する第2基板であって、第3面および前記第3面に対向する第4面を含み、前記第3面は、前記第4面よりも前記第1基板に近い第2基板と、前記第1基板と前記第2基板との間に位置する第1接合面と、前記第1基板の前記第2面よりも前記第1面の近くに位置し、前記入射光を電荷に変換する光電変換部と、前記光電変換部と前記第1基板との間に位置する第1配線と、前記第1基板の前記第2面と前記第1接合面との間に位置する第2配線と、前記第2基板の前記第3面と前記第1接合面との間に位置する第3配線と、少なくとも一部が前記第1基板内に位置する第1ビアと、を備える。前記第1基板と前記第2基板とは、前記第1接合面を介して積層され、前記第1配線と前記第2配線とは、前記第1ビアを介して電気的に接続される。
(First Aspect)
For example, an imaging device according to a first aspect of the present disclosure includes a first surface and a second surface opposite to the first surface, the first surface being closer to a position where incident light enters the imaging device than the second surface; a second substrate located closer to the second surface of the first substrate than the first surface of the first substrate, the second substrate including a third surface and a fourth surface opposite to the third surface, the third surface being closer to the first substrate than the fourth surface; a first bonding surface located between the first substrate and the second substrate; a photoelectric conversion unit located closer to the first surface than the second surface of the first substrate and converting the incident light into electric charges; a first wiring located between the photoelectric conversion unit and the first substrate; a second wiring located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface; a third wiring located between the third surface of the second substrate and the first bonding surface; The first substrate and the second substrate are stacked with the first bonding surface interposed therebetween, and the first wiring and the second wiring are electrically connected to each other through the first via.

 これにより、撮像装置の回路を第1基板と第2基板とに分けて形成できるため、撮像装置を小型化できる。また、本態様に係る撮像装置では、第1基板の第2面よりも第1面の近くに位置する第1配線と、第1基板の第2面と第1接合面との間に位置する第2配線とが第1ビアを介して電気的に接続される。これによっても、撮像装置を小型化できる。詳細には、仮に第1ビアを第1基板と第2基板との間の金属接合に利用する場合、第1基板を貫通し、第2基板にもわたり深いトレンチを形成する必要があり、トレンチの深さに応じて第1ビアの直径を大きくする必要がある。また、この場合、ビア金属接合の形成によって生じる応力の影響を避けるための領域を第1基板に設ける必要がある。例えば、第1ビアと第1基板に形成されるデバイス素子との間隔、および、複数の第1ビア同士の間隔を広くとる必要がある。その結果、基板が大型化する。本態様に係る撮像装置では、第1ビアが、第1接合面と第1基板の第2面との間に位置する第2配線と電気的に接続され、第1ビアが、第1基板と第2基板とを積層するための接合に用いられないため、撮像装置を小型化できる。また、本態様に係る撮像装置では、第1ビアが、第1接合面と第1基板の第2面との間に位置する第2配線と第1配線とを電気的に接続するため、第1ビアの長さを、第1配線から第1接合面までの距離よりも短くできる。基板を貫通するためのビアは、一般的に、長さが長くなる程、直径が大きくなる。そのため、第1ビアの長さが短いことで、第1ビアの直径を小さくすることができ、第1ビアを形成するための領域を狭くできる。よって、撮像装置を小型化できる。 This allows the imaging device's circuits to be formed separately on the first and second substrates, thereby enabling the imaging device to be miniaturized. Furthermore, in the imaging device of this embodiment, the first wiring located closer to the first surface than the second surface of the first substrate is electrically connected to the second wiring located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface via the first via. This also allows the imaging device to be miniaturized. Specifically, if the first via is used for metal bonding between the first and second substrates, a deep trench must be formed that penetrates the first substrate and extends to the second substrate, and the diameter of the first via must be increased according to the trench depth. Furthermore, in this case, a region must be provided in the first substrate to avoid the effects of stress caused by the formation of the via metal bonding. For example, the distance between the first via and the device element formed on the first substrate, and the distance between multiple first vias must be increased. As a result, the substrate becomes larger. In the imaging device according to this aspect, the first via is electrically connected to the second wiring located between the first bonding surface and the second surface of the first substrate, and the first via is not used for bonding the first substrate and the second substrate together, allowing for a more compact imaging device. Furthermore, in the imaging device according to this aspect, the first via electrically connects the first wiring to the second wiring located between the first bonding surface and the second surface of the first substrate, allowing for a shorter length of the first via than the distance from the first wiring to the first bonding surface. Generally, the longer a via that penetrates a substrate, the larger its diameter. Therefore, by shortening the length of the first via, the diameter of the first via can be reduced, thereby narrowing the area required to form the first via. This allows for a more compact imaging device.

 なお、本明細書において、撮像装置を小型化できるとは、平面視における基板の面積を小さくできることを意味する。 In this specification, being able to miniaturize an imaging device means being able to reduce the area of the board in a plan view.

 (第2態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様に係る撮像装置において、前記第1ビアは、シリコン貫通ビア(TSV(Through Silicon Via))であってもよい。
(Second Aspect)
Furthermore, for example, in the imaging device according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, the first via may be a through silicon via (TSV).

 これにより、TSVである第1ビアの直径を小さくすることができる。 This allows the diameter of the first via, which is a TSV, to be reduced.

 (第3態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様または第2態様に係る撮像装置は、前記第1基板内に位置する第2ビアをさらに備えてもよく、前記第1配線と前記第1ビアとは、前記第2ビアを介して電気的に接続されてもよい。
(Third Aspect)
Also, for example, the imaging device according to the first or second aspect of the present disclosure may further include a second via located within the first substrate, and the first wiring and the first via may be electrically connected via the second via.

 これにより、第1ビアの長さをさらに短くして第1ビアをさらに小径化できるため、撮像装置をさらに小型化できる。 This allows the length of the first via to be further shortened, further reducing the diameter of the first via, thereby further reducing the size of the imaging device.

 (第4態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第3態様に係る撮像装置は、第3ビアをさらに備えてもよく、前記第1配線と前記第2ビアとは、前記第3ビアを介して電気的に接続されてもよく、前記第1ビアと前記第2ビアとは、前記第1基板内で直接接続されてもよく、前記第3ビアと前記第2ビアとは、前記第1基板内で直接接続されてもよい。
(Fourth aspect)
Also, for example, the imaging device according to the third aspect of the present disclosure may further include a third via, and the first wiring and the second via may be electrically connected via the third via, the first via and the second via may be directly connected within the first substrate, and the third via and the second via may be directly connected within the first substrate.

 これにより、第1ビアの長さをさらに短くして第1ビアをさらに小径化できるため、撮像装置をさらに小型化できる。 This allows the length of the first via to be further shortened, further reducing the diameter of the first via, thereby further reducing the size of the imaging device.

 (第5態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様または第2態様に係る撮像装置は、第3ビアをさらに備えてもよく、前記第1配線と前記第1ビアとは、前記第3ビアを介して電気的に接続されてもよく、前記第1ビアと前記第3ビアとは、前記第1基板内で直接接続されてもよい。
(Fifth aspect)
Also, for example, the imaging device according to the first or second aspect of the present disclosure may further include a third via, and the first wiring and the first via may be electrically connected via the third via, or the first via and the third via may be directly connected within the first substrate.

 これにより、第1ビアの長さをさらに短くして第1ビアをさらに小径化できるため、撮像装置をさらに小型化できる。 This allows the length of the first via to be further shortened, further reducing the diameter of the first via, thereby further reducing the size of the imaging device.

 (第6態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第5態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置において、前記第1ビアの直径は、10nm以下であってもよい。
(Sixth aspect)
Furthermore, for example, in the imaging device according to any one of the first to fifth aspects of the present disclosure, the first via may have a diameter of 10 nm or less.

 これにより、撮像装置をさらに小型化できる。 This allows the imaging device to be made even smaller.

 (第7態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第6態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置において、前記第1接合面は、絶縁膜接合と、金属接合と、を含んでもよい。
(Seventh aspect)
Furthermore, for example, in the imaging device according to any one of the first to sixth aspects of the present disclosure, the first bonding surface may include an insulating film bonding and a metal bonding.

 これにより、第1接合面において金属接合を小さくしても強固に接合することができるため、撮像装置をさらに小型化できる。また、絶縁膜接合と金属接合とによるハイブリッド接合の金属のピッチ間隔を小さくすることで、撮像装置の外周部に太いTSVなどのビアを配置したビア構造より、より高密度な配線も可能となる。また、撮像装置の外周部の太いビアまで配線を伸ばさずに、厚み方向に垂直に近い状態での接続も可能となり、配線距離を短くすることもできる。 This allows for a strong bond even when the metal bond is small on the first bonding surface, making it possible to further miniaturize the image pickup device. Furthermore, by reducing the metal pitch of the hybrid bond made up of insulating film bonding and metal bonding, it is possible to achieve higher density wiring than with a via structure in which thick vias such as TSVs are placed on the periphery of the image pickup device. It also makes it possible to connect the wiring nearly perpendicular to the thickness direction without extending it to the thick vias on the periphery of the image pickup device, thereby shortening the wiring distance.

 (第8態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第7態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、前記第1基板の前記第1面に配置された第1トランジスタと、前記第2基板の前記第3面に配置された第2トランジスタと、をさらに備えてもよい。
(Eighth aspect)
Also, for example, the imaging device according to any one of the first to seventh aspects of the present disclosure may further include a first transistor arranged on the first surface of the first substrate and a second transistor arranged on the third surface of the second substrate.

 これにより、第1基板と第2基板とをface-to-backの向きで積層できる。 This allows the first and second substrates to be stacked face-to-back.

 (第9態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第8態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、行列状に配置された複数の画素を含む画素アレイをさらに備えてもよく、前記第1ビアは、平面視において前記画素アレイが配置される領域内に位置してもよい。
(Ninth aspect)
Furthermore, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to eighth aspects of the present disclosure may further include a pixel array including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and the first via may be located within an area in which the pixel array is arranged in a planar view.

 これにより、画素アレイ外の面積を削減して、撮像装置を小型化できる。 This reduces the area outside the pixel array, making it possible to miniaturize the imaging device.

 (第10態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第8態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、行列状に配置された複数の画素を含む画素アレイをさらに備えてもよく、前記第1ビアは、平面視において前記画素アレイが配置される領域外に位置してもよい。
(Tenth aspect)
Furthermore, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to eighth aspects of the present disclosure may further include a pixel array including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and the first via may be located outside the area in which the pixel array is arranged in a planar view.

 これにより、画素アレイの面積を削減して、撮像装置を小型化できる。 This reduces the area of the pixel array, making it possible to miniaturize the imaging device.

 (第11態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第10態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、前記第2基板の前記第3面よりも前記第4面の近くに位置する第3基板であって、第5面および前記第5面に対向する第6面を含み、前記第5面は、前記第6面よりも前記第2基板に近い第3基板と、前記第2基板と前記第3基板との間に位置する第2接合面と、前記第2基板の前記第4面と前記第2接合面との間に位置する第4配線と、前記第3基板の前記第5面と前記第2接合面との間に位置する第5配線と、少なくとも一部が前記第2基板内に位置する第4ビアと、をさらに備えてもよく、前記第2基板と前記第3基板とは、前記第2接合面を介して積層されてもよく、前記第3配線と前記第4配線とは、前記第4ビアを介して電気的に接続されてもよく、前記第1ビアは、前記第4ビアと平面視において重なってもよい。
(Eleventh aspect)
Furthermore, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to tenth aspects of the present disclosure may further include a third substrate located closer to the fourth surface than the third surface of the second substrate, the third substrate including a fifth surface and a sixth surface opposite the fifth surface, the fifth surface being closer to the second substrate than the sixth surface; a second bonding surface located between the second substrate and the third substrate; a fourth wiring located between the fourth surface of the second substrate and the second bonding surface; a fifth wiring located between the fifth surface of the third substrate and the second bonding surface; and a fourth via, at least a portion of which is located within the second substrate; the second substrate and the third substrate may be stacked via the second bonding surface; the third wiring and the fourth wiring may be electrically connected via the fourth via; and the first via may overlap with the fourth via in a planar view.

 これにより、第1基板、第2基板および第3基板の3つの基板が積層される場合でも、第1ビアと第4ビアとが平面視において重なるため、撮像装置を小型化できる。 As a result, even when three substrates, the first substrate, the second substrate, and the third substrate, are stacked, the first via and the fourth via overlap in a planar view, allowing the imaging device to be made smaller.

 (第12態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第11態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、画素内素子と、前記電荷を蓄積する電荷蓄積部と、前記光電変換部と前記電荷蓄積部とを電気的に接続するプラグと、を含む画素をさらに備えてもよく、前記画素内素子は、平面視において、前記第1ビアと前記プラグとの間に位置してもよい。
(Twelfth Aspect)
Furthermore, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects of the present disclosure may further include a pixel including an intra-pixel element, a charge accumulation section that accumulates the charge, and a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion section and the charge accumulation section, and the intra-pixel element may be located between the first via and the plug in a planar view.

 これにより、第1ビアとプラグとの距離を長くすることができ、第1ビアの干渉により、電荷蓄積部に接続されたプラグに発生するノイズを抑制できる。 This allows the distance between the first via and the plug to be increased, suppressing noise generated in the plug connected to the charge storage section due to interference from the first via.

 (第13態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第12態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、前記電荷を蓄積する電荷蓄積部と、前記光電変換部と前記電荷蓄積部とを電気的に接続するプラグと、を含む画素をさらに備えてもよく、前記第1接合面は、平面視において前記画素が配置される領域内に位置する金属接合を含んでもよく、前記金属接合は、前記平面視において、前記第1ビアと前記プラグとの間に位置してもよい。
(Thirteenth aspect)
Furthermore, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to twelfth aspects of the present disclosure may further include a pixel including a charge accumulation section that accumulates the electric charge and a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion section and the charge accumulation section, and the first junction surface may include a metal junction that is located within a region in which the pixel is arranged in a planar view, and the metal junction may be located between the first via and the plug in the planar view.

 これにより、第1ビアとプラグとの距離を長くすることができ、第1ビアの干渉により、電荷蓄積部に接続されたプラグに発生するノイズを抑制できる。 This allows the distance between the first via and the plug to be increased, suppressing noise generated in the plug connected to the charge storage section due to interference from the first via.

 (第14態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第13態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、前記第1基板内に位置する分離領域をさらに備えてもよく、前記分離領域は、平面視において、前記第1ビアと重なってもよい。
(14th aspect)
Also, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to thirteenth aspects of the present disclosure may further include an isolation region located within the first substrate, and the isolation region may overlap with the first via in a planar view.

 これにより、トランジスタが配置されない領域に第1ビアを配置できる。 This allows the first via to be placed in an area where no transistors are placed.

 (第15態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第9態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、第1画素と、前記第1画素に隣接する第2画素と、を含む複数の画素をさらに備えてもよく、前記複数の画素のそれぞれは、前記電荷を蓄積する電荷蓄積部と、前記光電変換部と前記電荷蓄積部とを電気的に接続するプラグと、を含んでもよく、前記第1ビアは、平面視において、前記第1画素が配置される領域内、または、前記第1画素と前記第2画素との境界部に位置してもよく、前記平面視において、前記第1画素の前記プラグと前記第2画素の前記プラグとの距離は、前記第1画素の前記プラグと前記第1ビアとの距離よりも小さくてもよい。
(15th aspect)
Also, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to ninth aspects of the present disclosure may further include a plurality of pixels including a first pixel and a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel, each of the plurality of pixels may include a charge accumulation section that accumulates the charge and a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion section and the charge accumulation section, the first via may be located, in a planar view, within a region in which the first pixel is arranged or at a boundary between the first pixel and the second pixel, and the distance between the plug of the first pixel and the plug of the second pixel may be smaller than the distance between the plug of the first pixel and the first via, in the planar view.

 これにより、第1ビアとプラグとの距離を長くすることができ、第1ビアの干渉により、電荷蓄積部に接続されたプラグに発生するノイズを抑制できる。 This allows the distance between the first via and the plug to be increased, suppressing noise generated in the plug connected to the charge storage section due to interference from the first via.

 (第16態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第9態様および第15態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置は、第1画素と、前記第1画素に隣接する第2画素と、平面視における前記第1画素が配置される領域と前記平面視における前記第2画素が配置される領域との境界部で前記第1基板内に位置する画素分離領域と、をさらに備えてもよく、前記第1ビアは、前記平面視において、前記画素分離領域と重なってもよい。
(16th aspect)
Furthermore, for example, an imaging device according to any one of the first to ninth and fifteenth aspects of the present disclosure may further include a first pixel, a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel, and a pixel isolation region located within the first substrate at the boundary between a region in which the first pixel is arranged in a planar view and a region in which the second pixel is arranged in the planar view, and the first via may overlap the pixel isolation region in the planar view.

 これにより、トランジスタが配置されない領域に第1ビアを配置できる。また、第1基板と第2基板とがハイブリッド接合により接合される場合、ハイブリッド接合の金属のピッチ間隔を小さくすることで、撮像装置の外周部に太いTSVなどのビアを配置したビア構造より、より高密度な配線も可能となる。また、撮像装置の外周部の太いビアまで配線を伸ばさずに、厚み方向に垂直に近い状態での接続も可能となり、配線距離を短くすることもできる。 This allows the first via to be placed in an area where no transistors are placed. Furthermore, when the first and second substrates are joined by hybrid bonding, reducing the pitch of the metal in the hybrid bond enables higher density wiring than a via structure in which thick vias such as TSVs are placed on the periphery of the image pickup device. Furthermore, it also makes it possible to connect the wiring nearly perpendicular to the thickness direction without extending it to the thick vias on the periphery of the image pickup device, thereby shortening the wiring distance.

 (第17態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第16態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置において、前記第1基板は、画素素子を含んでもよく、前記第2基板は、ロジックトランジスタを含んでもよい。
(17th aspect)
Furthermore, for example, in the imaging device according to any one of the first to sixteenth aspects of the present disclosure, the first substrate may include pixel elements, and the second substrate may include logic transistors.

 (第18態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第1態様から第17態様のいずれか1つに係る撮像装置において、前記光電変換部は、上部電極と、下部電極と、前記上部電極と前記下部電極との間に位置する光電変換層と、を含んでもよい。
(18th aspect)
Also, for example, in an imaging device according to any one of the first to seventeenth aspects of the present disclosure, the photoelectric conversion unit may include an upper electrode, a lower electrode, and a photoelectric conversion layer located between the upper electrode and the lower electrode.

 (第19態様)
 また、例えば、本開示の第18態様に係る撮像装置において、前記光電変換層は、有機材料を含んでもよい。
(19th aspect)
Furthermore, for example, in the imaging device according to an eighteenth aspect of the present disclosure, the photoelectric conversion layer may include an organic material.

 以下、図面を参照しながら、本開示の実施の形態を詳細に説明する。なお、以下で説明する実施の形態は、いずれも包括的または具体的な例を示す。以下の実施の形態で示される数値、形状、材料、構成要素、構成要素の配置および接続形態、ステップ、ステップの順序などは、一例であり、本開示を限定する主旨ではない。本明細書において説明される種々の態様は、矛盾が生じない限り互いに組み合わせることが可能である。また、以下の実施の形態における構成要素のうち、独立請求項に記載されていない構成要素については、任意の構成要素として説明される。各図において、実質的に同じ機能を有する構成要素は共通の参照符号で示し、重複する説明を省略または簡略化することがある。 Embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings. Note that the embodiments described below are all comprehensive or specific examples. The numerical values, shapes, materials, components, component arrangements and connection forms, steps, and step orders shown in the following embodiments are examples only and are not intended to limit the present disclosure. The various aspects described in this specification can be combined with each other as long as no contradictions arise. Furthermore, among the components in the following embodiments, components not recited in independent claims will be described as optional components. In each figure, components having substantially the same function are indicated by the same reference numerals, and duplicate descriptions may be omitted or simplified.

 また、図面に示す各種の要素は、本開示の理解のために模式的に示したにすぎず、寸法比および外観などは実物と異なりうる。つまり、各図は、模式図であり、必ずしも厳密に図示されたものではない。したがって、例えば、各図において縮尺などは必ずしも一致しない。 Furthermore, the various elements shown in the drawings are merely shown schematically to facilitate understanding of this disclosure, and the dimensional ratios and appearance may differ from the actual products. In other words, each drawing is a schematic diagram and is not necessarily an exact illustration. Therefore, for example, the scales and other details do not necessarily match between the drawings.

 また、本明細書において、直交および平行などの要素間の関係性を示す用語、および、円形または矩形などの要素の形状を示す用語、並びに、数値範囲は、厳格な意味のみを表す表現ではなく、実質的に同等な範囲、例えば数%程度の差異をも含むことを意味する表現である。 Furthermore, in this specification, terms indicating the relationship between elements, such as orthogonal and parallel, terms indicating the shape of elements, such as circular or rectangular, and numerical ranges are not expressions that express only the strict meaning, but also expressions that include a substantially equivalent range, for example, a difference of about a few percent.

 また、本明細書において、「上方」および「下方」という用語は、絶対的な空間認識における上方向(鉛直上方)および下方向(鉛直下方)を指すものではなく、積層構成における積層順を基に相対的な位置関係により規定される用語として用いる。具体的には、撮像装置の光入射側を「上方」とし、光入射側と反対側を「下方」とする。各部材の「上面」、「下面」についても同様に、撮像装置の光入射側の面を「上面」とし、光入射側と反対側の面を「下面」とする。なお、「上方」、「下方」、「上面」および「下面」などの用語は、あくまでも部材間の相互の配置を指定するために用いており、撮像装置の使用時における姿勢を限定する意図ではない。また、「上方」および「下方」という用語は、2つの構成要素が互いに間隔を空けて配置されて2つの構成要素の間に別の構成要素が存在する場合のみならず、2つの構成要素が互いに密着して配置されて2つの構成要素が接する場合にも適用される。また、本明細書において、「平面視」とは、半導体基板の主面(例えば上面および下面)の法線方向(言い換えると半導体基板の厚み方向)から見たときのことを言う。 Furthermore, in this specification, the terms "above" and "below" do not refer to the upward (vertically upward) and downward (vertically downward) directions in absolute spatial recognition, but are used as terms defined by a relative positional relationship based on the stacking order in the stacked structure. Specifically, the light incident side of the imaging device is referred to as "above," and the side opposite the light incident side is referred to as "below." Similarly, the "upper surface" and "lower surface" of each component refer to the surface of the imaging device on the light incident side as the "upper surface" and the surface opposite the light incident side as the "lower surface." Note that terms such as "above," "lower," "upper surface," and "lower surface" are used solely to specify the relative arrangement of components and are not intended to limit the orientation of the imaging device when in use. Furthermore, the terms "above" and "below" apply not only to cases where two components are arranged with a gap between them and another component is present between them, but also to cases where two components are arranged closely together and are in contact with each other. Additionally, in this specification, "planar view" refers to a view from the normal direction of the main surfaces (e.g., the top and bottom surfaces) of the semiconductor substrate (in other words, the thickness direction of the semiconductor substrate).

 また、本明細書および図面において、X軸、Y軸およびZ軸は、三次元直交座標系の三軸を示している。以下の実施の形態では、Z軸方向を半導体基板の厚み方向、かつ、半導体基板の積層方向としている。また、Z軸の負側を「下方」とし、Z軸の正側を「上方」としている。 Furthermore, in this specification and drawings, the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis represent the three axes of a three-dimensional Cartesian coordinate system. In the following embodiments, the Z-axis direction is the thickness direction of the semiconductor substrate and the stacking direction of the semiconductor substrate. Furthermore, the negative side of the Z-axis is defined as "downward," and the positive side of the Z-axis is defined as "upward."

 また、本明細書において、半導体基板のある面にトランジスタが配置されるとは、ある面を挟んでトランジスタのゲートとソースおよびドレインとが配置されることを意味する。 Furthermore, in this specification, when a transistor is arranged on a certain surface of a semiconductor substrate, it means that the gate, source, and drain of the transistor are arranged on either side of the certain surface.

 また、本明細書において、「接続」は、特に言及の無い限り、電気的な接続を意味する。 Also, in this specification, "connection" means electrical connection unless otherwise specified.

 また、本明細書において、可視光だけでなく、紫外光および近赤外光等の不可視光も、便宜上、「光」と表現する。 Furthermore, in this specification, for convenience, the term "light" refers not only to visible light but also to invisible light such as ultraviolet light and near-infrared light.

 また、本明細書において、「第1」、「第2」などの序数詞は、特に断りのない限り、構成要素等の数または順序を意味するものではなく、同種の構成要素等の混同を避け、区別する目的で用いられている。 In addition, in this specification, ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" do not refer to the number or order of components, etc., unless otherwise specified, but are used for the purpose of avoiding confusion and distinguishing between components of the same type.

 (実施の形態1)
 以下、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置について説明する。
(Embodiment 1)
The imaging device according to the first embodiment will be described below.

 [構成]
 まず、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置の概略構成について説明する。図1は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100の概略構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
[composition]
First, a schematic configuration of an image pickup apparatus according to the present embodiment will be described. Fig. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an image pickup apparatus 100 according to the present embodiment.

 図1に示されるように、撮像装置100は、半導体基板である画素基板31と、画素基板31に形成された画素アレイ14Aと、半導体基板である回路基板41と、回路基板41に形成された周辺回路4と、画素アレイ14Aと周辺回路4とを接続するための第1ビア71と、を備える。周辺回路4は、画素アレイ14Aを駆動するための回路および画素アレイ14Aが出力する信号を処理する回路を含む。図1で示される例では、周辺回路4は、垂直走査回路15と、カラム信号処理回路19と、水平信号読出し回路20と、電圧制御回路30とを含む。カラム信号処理回路19は、後述するように、各列に対応して複数の画素アレイ14Aが設けられるが、図1では、画素アレイ14Aが1つのブロックとして図示されている。なお、周辺回路4は、メモリ、アナログ回路およびロジック回路等の別の回路をさらに含んでいてもよい。また、周辺回路4のうちの一部は、画素基板31に配置されてもよい。また、画素アレイ14Aのトランジスタ等の画素内素子の一部および周辺回路4の一部の少なくとも一方は、画素基板31および回路基板41に積層される1以上の別の半導体基板に形成されていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 1, the imaging device 100 includes a pixel substrate 31, which is a semiconductor substrate; a pixel array 14A formed on the pixel substrate 31; a circuit substrate 41, which is also a semiconductor substrate; a peripheral circuit 4 formed on the circuit substrate 41; and a first via 71 for connecting the pixel array 14A and the peripheral circuit 4. The peripheral circuit 4 includes a circuit for driving the pixel array 14A and a circuit for processing signals output by the pixel array 14A. In the example shown in FIG. 1, the peripheral circuit 4 includes a vertical scanning circuit 15, a column signal processing circuit 19, a horizontal signal readout circuit 20, and a voltage control circuit 30. As described below, the column signal processing circuit 19 is provided with multiple pixel arrays 14A corresponding to each column, but in FIG. 1, the pixel array 14A is illustrated as a single block. The peripheral circuit 4 may further include other circuits such as memory, analog circuits, and logic circuits. Furthermore, a portion of the peripheral circuit 4 may be disposed on the pixel substrate 31. Furthermore, at least one of a portion of the in-pixel elements such as transistors of the pixel array 14A and a portion of the peripheral circuit 4 may be formed on one or more separate semiconductor substrates stacked on the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41.

 図1で示される例では、電圧制御回路30と画素アレイ14Aとは、第1ビア71および対向電極信号線16を介して電気的に接続される。また、垂直走査回路15と画素アレイ14Aとは、第1ビア71およびアドレス信号線26、ならびに、第1ビア71およびリセット信号線27を介して電気的に接続される。また、カラム信号処理回路19と画素アレイ14Aとは、第1ビア71および垂直信号線17を介して電気的に接続される。なお、画素アレイ14Aの画素内素子および周辺回路4の回路の配置等によっては、第1ビア71を介した電気的な接続のうち、一部の接続については、第1ビア71を介さずに接続されうる。 In the example shown in FIG. 1, the voltage control circuit 30 and pixel array 14A are electrically connected via the first via 71 and the counter electrode signal line 16. The vertical scanning circuit 15 and pixel array 14A are electrically connected via the first via 71 and the address signal line 26, and the first via 71 and the reset signal line 27. The column signal processing circuit 19 and pixel array 14A are electrically connected via the first via 71 and the vertical signal line 17. Depending on the arrangement of the intra-pixel elements of the pixel array 14A and the circuits of the peripheral circuit 4, some of the electrical connections via the first via 71 may be made without going through the first via 71.

 次に、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100の回路構成について説明する。図2は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100の回路構成を示す図である。 Next, the circuit configuration of the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment will be described. Figure 2 is a diagram showing the circuit configuration of the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment.

 図2に示されるように、画素アレイ14Aは、複数の画素14で構成される。複数の画素14は、平面視において、行列状に配置、すなわち行方向および列方向に配列されて、画素アレイ領域を形成している。本明細書では、行方向および列方向とは、行および列がそれぞれ延びる方向をいう。つまり、垂直方向が列方向であり、水平方向が行方向である。図2では2行2列分の4つの画素14が代表して示されている。なお、複数の画素14の数は特に制限されない。また、複数の画素14は、一次元、すなわち一方向に沿って配列されていてもよい。つまり、撮像装置100はラインセンサであってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 2, the pixel array 14A is made up of a plurality of pixels 14. In plan view, the plurality of pixels 14 are arranged in a matrix, i.e., arranged in row and column directions, to form a pixel array region. In this specification, the row direction and column direction refer to the directions in which the rows and columns extend, respectively. In other words, the vertical direction is the column direction, and the horizontal direction is the row direction. In FIG. 2, four pixels 14, arranged in two rows and two columns, are shown as representative examples. Note that there is no particular limit to the number of the plurality of pixels 14. Furthermore, the plurality of pixels 14 may be arranged one-dimensionally, i.e., along one direction. In other words, the imaging device 100 may be a line sensor.

 各画素14は、光電変換部10と、電荷検出回路25とを含む。電荷検出回路25は、増幅トランジスタ11と、リセットトランジスタ12と、アドレストランジスタ13とを含む。光電変換部10は、画素電極50、光電変換層51および上部電極52を含む。光電変換部10の具体的な構成は、後で説明する。 Each pixel 14 includes a photoelectric conversion unit 10 and a charge detection circuit 25. The charge detection circuit 25 includes an amplification transistor 11, a reset transistor 12, and an address transistor 13. The photoelectric conversion unit 10 includes a pixel electrode 50, a photoelectric conversion layer 51, and an upper electrode 52. The specific configuration of the photoelectric conversion unit 10 will be described later.

 撮像装置100は、上部電極52に所定の電圧を印加するための電圧制御要素を備える。電圧制御要素は、例えば、電圧制御回路、定電圧源などの電圧発生回路、および、接地線などの電圧基準線を含む。電圧制御要素が印加する電圧を制御電圧と呼ぶ。本実施の形態では、撮像装置100は、電圧制御要素として電圧制御回路30を備えている。 The imaging device 100 includes a voltage control element for applying a predetermined voltage to the upper electrode 52. The voltage control element includes, for example, a voltage control circuit, a voltage generation circuit such as a constant voltage source, and a voltage reference line such as a ground line. The voltage applied by the voltage control element is called a control voltage. In this embodiment, the imaging device 100 includes a voltage control circuit 30 as the voltage control element.

 電圧制御回路30は、一定の制御電圧を発生させてもよく、あるいは、値の異なる複数の制御電圧を発生させてもよい。また、例えば、電圧制御回路30は、所定の範囲で連続的に変化する制御電圧を発生させてもよい。電圧制御回路30は、撮像装置100を操作する操作者の指令、または、撮像装置100が備える他の制御部などの指令に基づき、発生させる制御電圧の値を決定し、決定した値の制御電圧を生成する。 The voltage control circuit 30 may generate a constant control voltage, or may generate multiple control voltages of different values. Furthermore, for example, the voltage control circuit 30 may generate a control voltage that changes continuously within a predetermined range. The voltage control circuit 30 determines the value of the control voltage to be generated based on instructions from the operator operating the imaging device 100 or instructions from another control unit provided in the imaging device 100, and generates a control voltage of the determined value.

 例えば、電圧制御回路30は、2以上の異なる制御電圧を発生させ、上部電極52に制御電圧を印加することによって、光電変換層51の分光感度特性を変化させる。また、この分光感度特性の変化には、検出すべき光に対して光電変換層51の感度がゼロとなる分光感度特性が含まれる。これにより、例えば、撮像装置100において、画素14が行ごとに検出信号の読み出しを行う間、上部電極52に光電変換層51の感度がゼロとなる制御電圧を電圧制御回路30から印加することによって、検出信号の読み出し時に入射する光の影響をほぼゼロにすることができる。よって、実質的に行ごとに検出信号を読み出しても、グローバルシャッター動作を実現することができる。 For example, the voltage control circuit 30 generates two or more different control voltages and applies the control voltages to the upper electrode 52, thereby changing the spectral sensitivity characteristics of the photoelectric conversion layer 51. This change in spectral sensitivity characteristics also includes a spectral sensitivity characteristic in which the sensitivity of the photoelectric conversion layer 51 becomes zero to the light to be detected. As a result, for example, in the imaging device 100, while the pixels 14 are reading out detection signals row by row, the voltage control circuit 30 can apply to the upper electrode 52 a control voltage that makes the sensitivity of the photoelectric conversion layer 51 zero, thereby virtually eliminating the influence of incident light when reading out the detection signals. Therefore, even when reading out detection signals row by row, a global shutter operation can be achieved.

 本実施の形態では、図2に示されるように、電圧制御回路30は、行方向に配列された画素14の上部電極52に、対向電極信号線16を介して制御電圧を印加することによって、画素電極50と上部電極52との間の電圧を変化させ、光電変換部10における分光感度特性を切り替える。あるいは、電圧制御回路30は、撮像中に所定のタイミングで光に対する感度がゼロとなる分光感度特性が得られるように制御電圧を印加することによって電子シャッター動作を実現する。なお、電圧制御回路30は、画素電極50に制御電圧を印加してもよい。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the voltage control circuit 30 applies a control voltage to the upper electrodes 52 of the pixels 14 arranged in the row direction via the counter electrode signal line 16, thereby changing the voltage between the pixel electrodes 50 and the upper electrodes 52 and switching the spectral sensitivity characteristics of the photoelectric conversion unit 10. Alternatively, the voltage control circuit 30 realizes electronic shutter operation by applying a control voltage so as to obtain spectral sensitivity characteristics in which sensitivity to light becomes zero at a predetermined timing during imaging. The voltage control circuit 30 may also apply a control voltage to the pixel electrodes 50.

 光電変換部10は、入射光を電荷に変換する。光電変換部10への光の入射により、光電変換部10では、例えば、電荷として、電子と正孔とが生成する。光が光電変換部10に入射し、画素電極50に電子を信号電荷として収集するためには、上部電極52に対して画素電極50は、相対的に高い電位に設定される。これにより、電子は、画素電極50に向かって移動する。このとき、画素電極50から上部電極52に向かって電流が流れる。また、光が光電変換部10に入射し、画素電極50に正孔を信号電荷として収集するためには、上部電極52に対して画素電極50は、相対的に低い電位に設定される。これにより、正孔は、画素電極50に向かって移動する。このとき、上部電極52から画素電極50に向かって電流が流れる。 The photoelectric conversion unit 10 converts incident light into electric charges. When light enters the photoelectric conversion unit 10, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 generates, for example, electrons and holes as electric charges. When light enters the photoelectric conversion unit 10, in order for the pixel electrode 50 to collect electrons as signal charges, the pixel electrode 50 is set to a relatively high potential with respect to the upper electrode 52. This causes the electrons to move toward the pixel electrode 50. At this time, a current flows from the pixel electrode 50 to the upper electrode 52. When light enters the photoelectric conversion unit 10, in order for the pixel electrode 50 to collect holes as signal charges, the pixel electrode 50 is set to a relatively low potential with respect to the upper electrode 52. This causes the holes to move toward the pixel electrode 50. At this time, a current flows from the upper electrode 52 to the pixel electrode 50.

 画素電極50は、増幅トランジスタ11のゲート電極に接続され、画素電極50によって集められた信号電荷は、画素電極50と増幅トランジスタ11のゲート電極との間に位置する電荷蓄積ノード24に蓄積される。以下では、主に信号電荷が正孔であるとして説明するが、信号電荷は電子であってもよい。 The pixel electrode 50 is connected to the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11, and the signal charge collected by the pixel electrode 50 is stored in a charge storage node 24 located between the pixel electrode 50 and the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11. In the following, the signal charge will mainly be described as holes, but the signal charge may also be electrons.

 電荷蓄積ノード24に蓄積された信号電荷は、信号電荷の量に応じた電圧として増幅トランジスタ11のゲート電極に印加される。増幅トランジスタ11は、ゲート電極に印加された電圧に応じた電圧を出力する。アドレストランジスタ13は、信号電圧として、増幅トランジスタ11から出力される電圧を選択的に読み出す。アドレストランジスタ13は、行選択トランジスタとも称される。リセットトランジスタ12は、そのソースおよびドレインの一方が、画素電極50に接続されており、電荷蓄積ノード24に蓄積された信号電荷をリセットする。換言すると、リセットトランジスタ12は、増幅トランジスタ11のゲート電極および画素電極50の電位をリセットする。 The signal charge accumulated in the charge accumulation node 24 is applied to the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11 as a voltage corresponding to the amount of signal charge. The amplification transistor 11 outputs a voltage corresponding to the voltage applied to its gate electrode. The address transistor 13 selectively reads out the voltage output from the amplification transistor 11 as the signal voltage. The address transistor 13 is also called a row selection transistor. The reset transistor 12 has one of its source and drain connected to the pixel electrode 50, and resets the signal charge accumulated in the charge accumulation node 24. In other words, the reset transistor 12 resets the potential of the gate electrode of the amplification transistor 11 and the pixel electrode 50.

 複数の画素14において上述した動作を選択的に行うため、撮像装置100は、電源線21と、垂直信号線17と、アドレス信号線26と、リセット信号線27と、を備える。電源線21、垂直信号線17、アドレス信号線26およびリセット信号線27は、画素14にそれぞれ接続されている。具体的には、電源線21は、増幅トランジスタ11のソースおよびドレインの一方に接続されている。垂直信号線17は、アドレストランジスタ13のソースおよびドレインの一方に接続される。アドレス信号線26は、アドレストランジスタ13のゲート電極に接続される。また、リセット信号線27は、リセットトランジスタ12のゲート電極に接続される。 In order to selectively perform the above-mentioned operations in multiple pixels 14, the imaging device 100 is equipped with a power supply line 21, a vertical signal line 17, an address signal line 26, and a reset signal line 27. The power supply line 21, vertical signal line 17, address signal line 26, and reset signal line 27 are each connected to the pixels 14. Specifically, the power supply line 21 is connected to one of the source and drain of the amplification transistor 11. The vertical signal line 17 is connected to one of the source and drain of the address transistor 13. The address signal line 26 is connected to the gate electrode of the address transistor 13. Furthermore, the reset signal line 27 is connected to the gate electrode of the reset transistor 12.

 増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13の各々は、例えばMOSFET(Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor)である。増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13の各々は、nチャネルMOSFETであるが、pチャネルMOSFETであってもよい。増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13の各々は、画素14の画素内素子である。画素14は、画素内素子として、増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13以外のトランジスタおよび容量素子等の他の素子を有していてもよい。 Each of the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 is, for example, a MOSFET (Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor). Each of the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 is an n-channel MOSFET, but may also be a p-channel MOSFET. Each of the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 is an in-pixel element of the pixel 14. The pixel 14 may have other elements, such as transistors and capacitive elements, other than the amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13 as in-pixel elements.

 図2で示される例では、周辺回路4は、上述の、垂直走査回路15と、水平信号読出し回路20と、複数のカラム信号処理回路19と、電圧制御回路30と、に加えて、複数の負荷回路18と、複数の差動増幅器22と、を含む。垂直走査回路15は、行走査回路とも称される。水平信号読出し回路20は、列走査回路とも称される。カラム信号処理回路19は、行信号蓄積回路とも称される。差動増幅器22は、フィードバックアンプとも称される。 In the example shown in FIG. 2, the peripheral circuit 4 includes the vertical scanning circuit 15, horizontal signal readout circuit 20, multiple column signal processing circuits 19, and voltage control circuit 30 described above, as well as multiple load circuits 18 and multiple differential amplifiers 22. The vertical scanning circuit 15 is also referred to as a row scanning circuit. The horizontal signal readout circuit 20 is also referred to as a column scanning circuit. The column signal processing circuit 19 is also referred to as a row signal storage circuit. The differential amplifier 22 is also referred to as a feedback amplifier.

 垂直走査回路15は、アドレス信号線26およびリセット信号線27に接続されている。また、垂直走査回路15は、図2では不図示の第1ビア71を介してアドレス信号線26およびリセット信号線27のそれぞれに接続されうる。垂直走査回路15は、画素アレイ14Aの各行に配置された複数の画素14を行単位で選択し、信号電圧の読出しおよび画素電極50の電位のリセットを行う。電源線21は、ソースフォロア電源として機能し、各画素14に所定の電源電圧を供給する。電源線21には、図2では不図示の第1ビア71を介して所定の電源電圧が供給されうる。 The vertical scanning circuit 15 is connected to the address signal lines 26 and the reset signal lines 27. The vertical scanning circuit 15 can also be connected to each of the address signal lines 26 and the reset signal lines 27 via first vias 71 (not shown in FIG. 2). The vertical scanning circuit 15 selects the multiple pixels 14 arranged in each row of the pixel array 14A on a row-by-row basis, reads out the signal voltage, and resets the potential of the pixel electrodes 50. The power supply lines 21 function as source follower power supplies and supply a predetermined power supply voltage to each pixel 14. The predetermined power supply voltage can be supplied to the power supply lines 21 via first vias 71 (not shown in FIG. 2).

 水平信号読出し回路20は、複数のカラム信号処理回路19に電気的に接続されている。カラム信号処理回路19は、画素アレイ14Aの各列に対応した垂直信号線17を介して、画素アレイ14Aの各列に配置された画素14に電気的に接続されている。負荷回路18は、各垂直信号線17に電気的に接続されている。負荷回路18と増幅トランジスタ11とは、ソースフォロア回路を形成する。また、各カラム信号処理回路19および各負荷回路18のうちの少なくとも一方は、図2では不図示の第1ビア71を介して垂直信号線17に接続されうる。 The horizontal signal readout circuit 20 is electrically connected to a plurality of column signal processing circuits 19. The column signal processing circuits 19 are electrically connected to the pixels 14 arranged in each column of the pixel array 14A via vertical signal lines 17 corresponding to each column of the pixel array 14A. The load circuits 18 are electrically connected to each vertical signal line 17. The load circuits 18 and the amplification transistors 11 form a source follower circuit. In addition, at least one of each column signal processing circuit 19 and each load circuit 18 can be connected to the vertical signal line 17 via a first via 71 not shown in FIG. 2.

 複数の差動増幅器22は、画素アレイ14Aの各列に対応して設けられている。差動増幅器22の負側の入力端子は、対応した垂直信号線17に接続されている。また、差動増幅器22の出力端子は、画素アレイ14Aの各列に対応したフィードバック線23を介して画素14に接続されている。また、差動増幅器22の出力端子は、図2では不図示の第1ビア71を介してフィードバック線23に接続されうる。 Multiple differential amplifiers 22 are provided corresponding to each column of the pixel array 14A. The negative input terminals of the differential amplifiers 22 are connected to the corresponding vertical signal lines 17. The output terminals of the differential amplifiers 22 are connected to the pixels 14 via feedback lines 23 corresponding to each column of the pixel array 14A. The output terminals of the differential amplifiers 22 can also be connected to the feedback lines 23 via first vias 71 (not shown in FIG. 2).

 垂直走査回路15は、アドレス信号線26によって、アドレストランジスタ13のオンおよびオフを制御する行選択信号をアドレストランジスタ13のゲート電極に印加する。これにより、読出し対象の行が走査され、選択される。選択された行の画素14から垂直信号線17に信号電圧が読み出される。また、垂直走査回路15は、リセット信号線27を介して、リセットトランジスタ12のオンおよびオフを制御するリセット信号をリセットトランジスタ12のゲート電極に印加する。これにより、リセット動作の対象となる画素14の行が選択される。垂直信号線17は、垂直走査回路15によって選択された画素14から読み出された信号電圧をカラム信号処理回路19へ伝達する。 The vertical scanning circuit 15 applies a row selection signal, which controls the on and off of the address transistor 13, to the gate electrode of the address transistor 13 via the address signal line 26. This scans and selects the row to be read out. A signal voltage is read out from the pixels 14 in the selected row to the vertical signal line 17. The vertical scanning circuit 15 also applies a reset signal, which controls the on and off of the reset transistor 12, to the gate electrode of the reset transistor 12 via the reset signal line 27. This selects the row of pixels 14 to be reset. The vertical signal line 17 transmits the signal voltage read out from the pixels 14 selected by the vertical scanning circuit 15 to the column signal processing circuit 19.

 カラム信号処理回路19は、相関二重サンプリングに代表される雑音抑圧信号処理およびアナログ-デジタル変換(AD変換)などを行う。 The column signal processing circuit 19 performs noise suppression signal processing, such as correlated double sampling, and analog-to-digital conversion (AD conversion).

 水平信号読出し回路20は、複数のカラム信号処理回路19から水平共通信号線28に信号を順次読み出す。 The horizontal signal readout circuit 20 sequentially reads out signals from multiple column signal processing circuits 19 to the horizontal common signal line 28.

 差動増幅器22は、フィードバック線23を介してリセットトランジスタ12のソースおよびドレインの他方であって、画素電極50に接続されていない方に接続されている。したがって、差動増幅器22は、アドレストランジスタ13とリセットトランジスタ12とが導通状態にあるときに、アドレストランジスタ13の出力値を負側の入力端子に受ける。増幅トランジスタ11のゲート電位が所定のフィードバック電圧となるように、差動増幅器22はフィードバック動作を行う。このとき、差動増幅器22の出力電圧値は、例えば、0Vまたは0V近傍の正電圧である。フィードバック電圧とは、差動増幅器22の出力電圧を意味する。なお、撮像装置100は、差動増幅器22を備えていなくてもよい。例えば、リセットトランジスタ12のドレインおよびソースの他方には、所定のリセット電圧が供給されてもよい。リセット電圧は、例えば、0Vまたは0V近傍の電圧である。 The differential amplifier 22 is connected via a feedback line 23 to the other of the source and drain of the reset transistor 12, which is not connected to the pixel electrode 50. Therefore, when the address transistor 13 and reset transistor 12 are conductive, the differential amplifier 22 receives the output value of the address transistor 13 at its negative input terminal. The differential amplifier 22 performs a feedback operation so that the gate potential of the amplifying transistor 11 becomes a predetermined feedback voltage. At this time, the output voltage value of the differential amplifier 22 is, for example, 0V or a positive voltage close to 0V. The feedback voltage refers to the output voltage of the differential amplifier 22. Note that the imaging device 100 does not necessarily have to include the differential amplifier 22. For example, a predetermined reset voltage may be supplied to the other of the drain and source of the reset transistor 12. The reset voltage is, for example, 0V or a voltage close to 0V.

 次に、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100のデバイス構造について説明する。図3は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。なお、図3では、見やすさのため、配線層61、62および63等の配線層内の層間絶縁層等の絶縁層および絶縁層55に対して、断面を示す網掛けを省略している。また、図3では、見やすさのために、各構成要素について厚み、長さ、幅等の寸法を実際のサイズから適宜調整して図示している。これらは、以降の断面図においても同様である。 Next, the device structure of the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment will be described. Figure 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment. Note that, for ease of viewing, the shading indicating the cross section of insulating layers such as interlayer insulating layers within wiring layers such as wiring layers 61, 62, and 63, and insulating layer 55, has been omitted in Figure 3. Also, for ease of viewing, the dimensions of each component, such as thickness, length, and width, have been adjusted appropriately from their actual sizes. This also applies to the subsequent cross-sectional views.

 図3に示されるように、撮像装置100は、光電変換部10と、画素基板31と、回路基板41と、配線層61、62および63と、絶縁層55と、第1ビア71と、第2ビア72と、第3ビア73と、第1接合面81と、を備える。撮像装置100では、回路基板41、配線層63、配線層62、画素基板31、配線層61、絶縁層55および光電変換部10がこの順でZ軸に沿って積層された構造を有する。 As shown in FIG. 3, the imaging device 100 includes a photoelectric conversion unit 10, a pixel substrate 31, a circuit board 41, wiring layers 61, 62, and 63, an insulating layer 55, a first via 71, a second via 72, a third via 73, and a first bonding surface 81. The imaging device 100 has a structure in which the circuit board 41, wiring layer 63, wiring layer 62, pixel substrate 31, wiring layer 61, insulating layer 55, and photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis.

 図3に示されるように、画素基板31と回路基板41とは、画素基板31と回路基板41との間に位置する第1接合面81を介して積層されている。画素基板31および回路基板41はそれぞれ、例えば、各種の不純物領域が形成されたp型またはn型の半導体基板である。画素基板31および回路基板41はそれぞれ、シリコン基板であってもよい。本実施の形態において、画素基板31は第1基板の一例であり、回路基板41は第2基板の一例である。画素基板31および回路基板41のそれぞれには、ウェルが形成されていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 3, the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41 are stacked via a first bonding surface 81 located between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41. The pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41 are each, for example, a p-type or n-type semiconductor substrate in which various impurity regions are formed. The pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41 may each be a silicon substrate. In this embodiment, the pixel substrate 31 is an example of a first substrate, and the circuit substrate 41 is an example of a second substrate. A well may be formed in each of the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41.

 画素基板31は、入射光が入射する光入射側の面である上面31aと、上面31aに対向する、上面31aとは反対側の面である下面31bとを含む。本実施の形態において、上面31aは第1面の一例であり、下面31bは第2面の一例である。画素基板31の上面31aには、第1トランジスタの一例であるトランジスタTr11が配置される。トランジスタTr11は、画素14に含まれるトランジスタであり、例えば、上述の増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13のいずれかである。なお、図3では、見やすさのために、上面31aには、1つのトランジスタTr11のみが配置された図が示されている。上面31aには、例えば、複数の画素14のそれぞれの増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13が配置される。 The pixel substrate 31 includes an upper surface 31a, which is the light incident side surface onto which incident light is incident, and a lower surface 31b, which is the surface opposite to the upper surface 31a and faces the upper surface 31a. In this embodiment, the upper surface 31a is an example of a first surface, and the lower surface 31b is an example of a second surface. A transistor Tr11, which is an example of a first transistor, is arranged on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31. The transistor Tr11 is a transistor included in a pixel 14, and is, for example, any of the above-mentioned amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13. Note that, for ease of viewing, Figure 3 shows only one transistor Tr11 arranged on the upper surface 31a. For example, the amplification transistors 11, reset transistors 12, and address transistors 13 of each of the multiple pixels 14 are arranged on the upper surface 31a.

 また、画素基板31には、光電変換部10で生成された電荷を蓄積する電荷蓄積領域91が形成されている。電荷蓄積領域91は、上述の電荷蓄積ノード24の一部であり、プラグ92を介して光電変換部10の画素電極50に電気的に接続されている。電荷蓄積領域91は、電荷蓄積部の一例である。電荷蓄積領域91は、例えば、画素基板31の上面31a側からn型またはp型の不純物を注入することで形成された不純物領域である。一例では、電荷蓄積領域91は、p型の半導体基板またはp型のウェルに形成されたn型の不純物領域である。電荷蓄積領域91は、画素電極50に接続されたリセットトランジスタ12のソースおよびドレインの一方として機能してもよい。プラグ92は、配線層61内に位置し、電荷蓄積領域91に接しているコンタクトプラグである。プラグ92は、例えば、不純物がドープされたポリシリコンで形成されている。プラグ92の直径は、例えば、10nm以上100nm以下である、電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92は、複数の画素14のそれぞれに含まれる。なお、図3で示される例では、プラグ92は、ビアを介して画素電極50に接続されているが、プラグ92が画素電極50に直接接続されていてもよい。 Furthermore, a charge accumulation region 91 that accumulates charges generated in the photoelectric conversion unit 10 is formed in the pixel substrate 31. The charge accumulation region 91 is part of the charge accumulation node 24 described above and is electrically connected to the pixel electrode 50 of the photoelectric conversion unit 10 via a plug 92. The charge accumulation region 91 is an example of a charge accumulation unit. The charge accumulation region 91 is, for example, an impurity region formed by injecting n-type or p-type impurities from the upper surface 31a side of the pixel substrate 31. In one example, the charge accumulation region 91 is an n-type impurity region formed in a p-type semiconductor substrate or a p-type well. The charge accumulation region 91 may function as either the source or drain of the reset transistor 12 connected to the pixel electrode 50. The plug 92 is a contact plug located in the wiring layer 61 and in contact with the charge accumulation region 91. The plug 92 is, for example, formed of polysilicon doped with impurities. The diameter of the plug 92 is, for example, 10 nm or more and 100 nm or less. The charge storage region 91 and the plug 92 are included in each of the multiple pixels 14. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the plug 92 is connected to the pixel electrode 50 through a via, but the plug 92 may also be connected directly to the pixel electrode 50.

 回路基板41は、画素基板31の上面31aよりも下面31bに近い位置である下面31b側に位置する。回路基板41は、上面41a及び下面を含み、上面41aは下面よりも、撮像装置100に入射光が入射する位置に近い。本実施の形態において、上面41aは、第3面の一例である。回路基板41の上面41aには、第2トランジスタの一例であるトランジスタTr21が配置される。トランジスタTr21は、周辺回路4に含まれるトランジスタである。なお、図3では、見やすさのために、上面41aには、1つのトランジスタTr21のみが配置された図が示されている。上面41aには、周辺回路4の各回路に含まれるトランジスタの少なくとも一部である複数のトランジスタが配置されうる。 The circuit board 41 is located on the lower surface 31b side, which is closer to the lower surface 31b than the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31. The circuit board 41 includes an upper surface 41a and a lower surface, and the upper surface 41a is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 100 than the lower surface. In this embodiment, the upper surface 41a is an example of a third surface. A transistor Tr21, which is an example of a second transistor, is arranged on the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41. The transistor Tr21 is a transistor included in the peripheral circuit 4. Note that for ease of viewing, Figure 3 shows only one transistor Tr21 arranged on the upper surface 41a. A plurality of transistors, which are at least a portion of the transistors included in each circuit of the peripheral circuit 4, can be arranged on the upper surface 41a.

 画素基板31では、トランジスタが上面31aに配置され、回路基板41では、トランジスタが41aに配置されている。画素基板31と回路基板41とはface-to-backの向きで積層されている。 On pixel substrate 31, transistors are arranged on top surface 31a, and on circuit substrate 41, transistors are arranged on top surface 41a. Pixel substrate 31 and circuit substrate 41 are stacked face-to-back.

 光電変換部10は、画素基板31の下面31bよりも上面31aの近くに位置する。光電変換部10は、配線層61および配線層61の上方に位置する絶縁層55を介して、画素基板31の上面31aに積層されている。 The photoelectric conversion unit 10 is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than to the lower surface 31b. The photoelectric conversion unit 10 is stacked on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 via the wiring layer 61 and the insulating layer 55 located above the wiring layer 61.

 光電変換部10は、上述のように、画素電極50と、光電変換層51と、上部電極52と、を含む。光電変換部10は、画素電極50と光電変換層51との間、および、光電変換層51と上部電極52との間の少なくとも一方に、電荷ブロッキング層、バッファ層または電荷輸送層等の他の層をさらに含んでいてもよい。また、図3では図示されていないが、光電変換部10の上方に、絶縁保護層、カラーフィルタおよびマクロレンズ等がさらに設けられていてもよい。 As described above, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 includes the pixel electrode 50, the photoelectric conversion layer 51, and the upper electrode 52. The photoelectric conversion unit 10 may further include other layers, such as a charge blocking layer, a buffer layer, or a charge transport layer, between the pixel electrode 50 and the photoelectric conversion layer 51 and/or between the photoelectric conversion layer 51 and the upper electrode 52. Furthermore, although not shown in FIG. 3, an insulating protection layer, a color filter, a macrolens, etc. may also be provided above the photoelectric conversion unit 10.

 画素電極50は、平面視において画素アレイ14Aが配置される領域である画素アレイ領域R1において、絶縁層55の上面上に位置する。画素電極50は、膜状の電極である。画素電極50は、金属、金属化合物および不純物がドープされ導電性が付与されたポリシリコンから選択される少なくとも1つを含みうる。金属は、例えば、銅、チタン、タンタル、アルミニウムなどである。金属化合物は、例えば、金属窒化物である。金属窒化物は、例えば、窒化チタン、窒化タンタルなどである。画素電極50は、金属窒化物を主成分として含んでいてもよい。画素電極50は、光電変換層51で生成した正および負の電荷のうちの一方を収集する。画素電極50は、隣接する他の画素14の画素電極50から空間的に分離されることにより、他の画素14の画素電極50から電気的に分離されている。 The pixel electrode 50 is located on the upper surface of the insulating layer 55 in the pixel array region R1, which is the region where the pixel array 14A is arranged in a planar view. The pixel electrode 50 is a film-like electrode. The pixel electrode 50 can contain at least one selected from a metal, a metal compound, and polysilicon doped with impurities to provide conductivity. Examples of metals include copper, titanium, tantalum, and aluminum. Examples of metal compounds include metal nitrides. Examples of metal nitrides include titanium nitride and tantalum nitride. The pixel electrode 50 may contain metal nitride as a primary component. The pixel electrode 50 collects one of the positive and negative charges generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 51. The pixel electrode 50 is spatially separated from the pixel electrodes 50 of other adjacent pixels 14, and is thereby electrically isolated from the pixel electrodes 50 of other pixels 14.

 光電変換層51は、画素電極50の上方に位置し、画素電極50を覆っている。光電変換層51は、有機半導体材料またはアモルファスシリコン、量子ドットなどの無機半導体材料を含み、上部電極52を介して入射した光を受けて、光電変換により正および負の電荷を生成する。つまり、光電変換層51は、光を電荷に変換する。正および負の電荷は、例えば、正孔-電子対である。光電変換層51は、例えば、複数の画素14にわたって連続的に形成される。光電変換層51は、複数の画素14によって共用されている。つまり、画素基板31の下面31bよりも上面31aに近い位置には、光電変換層51がモノリシックに形成されている。なお、光電変換層51は、画素14ごとまたは2以上の画素14のブロックごとに分離して設けられていてもよい。 The photoelectric conversion layer 51 is located above the pixel electrode 50 and covers it. The photoelectric conversion layer 51 contains an organic semiconductor material or an inorganic semiconductor material such as amorphous silicon or quantum dots. It receives light incident through the upper electrode 52 and generates positive and negative charges through photoelectric conversion. In other words, the photoelectric conversion layer 51 converts light into charges. The positive and negative charges are, for example, hole-electron pairs. The photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed, for example, continuously across multiple pixels 14. The photoelectric conversion layer 51 is shared by multiple pixels 14. In other words, the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is monolithically formed at a position closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than the lower surface 31b. The photoelectric conversion layer 51 may be provided separately for each pixel 14 or for each block of two or more pixels 14.

 上部電極52は、光電変換層51の上方に位置し、光電変換層51を覆っている。上部電極52は、膜状の電極である。図3で示される例では、上部電極52と光電変換層51とは、平面視において、側面の位置が揃っている。上部電極52は、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)などの透明な導電性材料から形成され、光電変換層51の受光面の上方に配置される。上部電極52は、例えば、光電変換層51と同様に、複数の画素14にわたって連続的に形成される。つまり、複数の画素14の上部電極52は、互いに電気的に接続されている。つまり、画素基板31の下面31bよりも上面31aに近い位置には、上部電極52がモノリシックに形成されている。なお、上部電極52は、画素14ごとまたは2以上の画素14のブロックごとに分離して設けられていてもよい。 The upper electrode 52 is located above the photoelectric conversion layer 51 and covers it. The upper electrode 52 is a film-like electrode. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the side surfaces of the upper electrode 52 and the photoelectric conversion layer 51 are aligned in a planar view. The upper electrode 52 is formed from a transparent conductive material such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and is disposed above the light-receiving surface of the photoelectric conversion layer 51. The upper electrode 52, like the photoelectric conversion layer 51, is formed continuously across multiple pixels 14. In other words, the upper electrodes 52 of multiple pixels 14 are electrically connected to each other. In other words, the upper electrode 52 is monolithically formed at a position closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than the lower surface 31b. The upper electrode 52 may be provided separately for each pixel 14 or for each block of two or more pixels 14.

 上部電極52は、上述の電圧制御回路30によって電位が制御される。撮像装置100の動作時、上部電極52の電位を制御して上部電極52の電位と画素電極50の電位とを異ならせることにより、光電変換で生成された信号電荷を画素電極50によって収集することができる。例えば、電圧制御回路30は、上部電極52の電位が画素電極50の電位よりも高くなるように、上部電極52の電位を制御する。具体的には、撮像装置100の動作時、上部電極52には、電圧制御回路30によって所定の電圧が印加される。所定の電圧の具体例としては、10V程度の正電圧である。このことにより、光電変換層51で発生した正孔-電子対のうち、正孔を画素電極50によって信号電荷として収集することができる。画素電極50で収集された信号電荷は、画素電極50に接続された電荷蓄積領域91に蓄積され、電荷検出回路25によって検出される。なお、信号電荷として電子を利用する場合には、上部電極52の電位が画素電極50の電位よりも低くなるような所定の電圧が上部電極52に印加される。 The potential of the upper electrode 52 is controlled by the voltage control circuit 30 described above. When the imaging device 100 is in operation, the potential of the upper electrode 52 is controlled to make the potential of the upper electrode 52 different from the potential of the pixel electrode 50, allowing the pixel electrode 50 to collect the signal charge generated by photoelectric conversion. For example, the voltage control circuit 30 controls the potential of the upper electrode 52 so that the potential of the upper electrode 52 is higher than the potential of the pixel electrode 50. Specifically, when the imaging device 100 is in operation, a predetermined voltage is applied to the upper electrode 52 by the voltage control circuit 30. A specific example of the predetermined voltage is a positive voltage of approximately 10 V. This allows the pixel electrode 50 to collect the holes, of the hole-electron pairs generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 51, as signal charge. The signal charge collected by the pixel electrode 50 is stored in the charge accumulation region 91 connected to the pixel electrode 50 and detected by the charge detection circuit 25. When electrons are used as signal charges, a predetermined voltage is applied to the upper electrode 52 so that the potential of the upper electrode 52 is lower than the potential of the pixel electrode 50.

 図3で示される例では、撮像装置100は、シールド電極53をさらに備える。シールド電極53は、絶縁層55の上面上に位置する。シールド電極53は、膜状の電極である。シールド電極53は光電変換層51を介して上部電極52に対向する。シールド電極53と画素電極50とは、同一平面上に位置し、所定の間隙を介して互いに隣り合う。シールド電極53は、例えば、平面視において画素電極50を囲むように配置される。シールド電極53は、金属、金属化合物および不純物がドープされ導電性が付与されたポリシリコンから選択される少なくとも1つを含みうる。金属は、例えば、銅、チタン、タンタル、アルミニウムなどである。金属化合物は、例えば、金属窒化物である。 In the example shown in FIG. 3, the imaging device 100 further includes a shield electrode 53. The shield electrode 53 is located on the upper surface of the insulating layer 55. The shield electrode 53 is a film-like electrode. The shield electrode 53 faces the upper electrode 52 via the photoelectric conversion layer 51. The shield electrode 53 and the pixel electrode 50 are located on the same plane and are adjacent to each other with a predetermined gap between them. The shield electrode 53 is, for example, arranged to surround the pixel electrode 50 in a planar view. The shield electrode 53 can include at least one selected from a metal, a metal compound, and polysilicon doped with impurities to provide conductivity. Examples of metals include copper, titanium, tantalum, and aluminum. Examples of metal compounds include metal nitrides.

 シールド電極53は、平面視において、互いに隣接する2つの画素14の間に位置し、互いに隣接する2つの画素14間の混色を抑制する。シールド電極53は、例えば、撮像装置100の動作時、所定の電位に保持される。所定の電位は、互いに隣接する画素14間の混色を抑制することができれば、特に制限されない。なお、撮像装置100はシールド電極53を備えていなくてもよい。 The shield electrode 53 is located between two adjacent pixels 14 in a plan view, and suppresses color mixing between the two adjacent pixels 14. The shield electrode 53 is maintained at a predetermined potential, for example, when the imaging device 100 is in operation. There are no particular restrictions on the predetermined potential, as long as it is possible to suppress color mixing between the adjacent pixels 14. Note that the imaging device 100 does not necessarily have to include a shield electrode 53.

 絶縁層55は、配線層61と光電変換部10との間に位置する。絶縁層55の上面上に光電変換部10が積層されている。絶縁層55は、撮像装置100の製造時に支持基板に接合される層である。なお、撮像装置100は、絶縁層55を備えていなくてもよい。この場合、例えば、光電変換部10は、配線層61の上面を覆っている。 The insulating layer 55 is located between the wiring layer 61 and the photoelectric conversion unit 10. The photoelectric conversion unit 10 is laminated on the upper surface of the insulating layer 55. The insulating layer 55 is a layer that is bonded to the support substrate during manufacturing of the imaging device 100. Note that the imaging device 100 does not necessarily have to include the insulating layer 55. In this case, for example, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 covers the upper surface of the wiring layer 61.

 配線層61は、画素基板31と光電変換部10との間に位置する。配線層61は、画素基板31の下面31bよりも上面31aの近くに位置し、画素基板31の上面31aを覆っている。配線層61は、配線61aを含む複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。また、配線層61内には、MIM(Metal-Insulator-Metal)容量が形成されていてもよい。本明細書において、配線は、画素基板31等の半導体基板の厚み方向と直交する方向に延びる平板状の導体であり、ビアは、画素基板31等の半導体基板の厚み方向と平行な方向に延びる柱状の導体である。なお、図3では、見やすさのため、配線層61内の構造は簡略化して示されており、また、層間絶縁層の層構成の図示は省略されている。これは、他の断面図および他の配線層においても同様である。 The wiring layer 61 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the photoelectric conversion unit 10. The wiring layer 61 is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than the lower surface 31b, and covers the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31. The wiring layer 61 includes multiple wirings, including wiring 61a, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connections across the interlayer insulating layer. Furthermore, MIM (Metal-Insulator-Metal) capacitors may be formed within the wiring layer 61. In this specification, a wiring is a flat conductor that extends perpendicular to the thickness direction of a semiconductor substrate such as the pixel substrate 31, and a via is a columnar conductor that extends parallel to the thickness direction of a semiconductor substrate such as the pixel substrate 31. Note that in Figure 3, the structure within the wiring layer 61 is simplified for clarity, and the layer structure of the interlayer insulating layer is not shown. This also applies to other cross-sectional views and other wiring layers.

 配線61aは、第1配線の一例であり、画素基板31の下面31bよりも上面31aの近くに位置し、光電変換部10よりも画素基板31に近い。配線61aは、第1ビア71と画素14とを電気的に接続する。配線61aは、例えば、第1ビア71とトランジスタTr11とを電気的に接続する。 The wiring 61a is an example of a first wiring, and is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than to the lower surface 31b, and closer to the pixel substrate 31 than to the photoelectric conversion unit 10. The wiring 61a electrically connects the first via 71 and the pixel 14. The wiring 61a electrically connects, for example, the first via 71 and the transistor Tr11.

 配線層62は、画素基板31と配線層63との間に位置する。配線層62は、第1接合面81によって配線層63と接合されている。配線層62は、画素基板31の上面31aよりも下面31bの近くに位置し、画素基板31の下面31bを覆っている。配線層62は、配線62aおよびパッド配線62pを含む複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。 The wiring layer 62 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the wiring layer 63. The wiring layer 62 is bonded to the wiring layer 63 by a first bonding surface 81. The wiring layer 62 is located closer to the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the upper surface 31a, and covers the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31. The wiring layer 62 includes multiple wirings including wirings 62a and pad wirings 62p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer.

 配線62aは、第2配線の一例であり、画素基板31の下面31bと第1接合面81との間に位置する。配線62aは、第1ビア71とパッド配線62pとを電気的に接続する。 The wiring 62a is an example of a second wiring and is located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the first bonding surface 81. The wiring 62a electrically connects the first via 71 and the pad wiring 62p.

 パッド配線62pは、配線層62において最も下方側、つまり、最も配線層63に近い絶縁層内に形成されている。パッド配線62pは、第1接合面81における金属接合81aを形成する。 The pad wiring 62p is formed in the lowest part of the wiring layer 62, i.e., in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 63. The pad wiring 62p forms a metal junction 81a on the first bonding surface 81.

 配線層63は、配線層62と回路基板41との間に位置する。配線層63は、回路基板41の下面よりも上面41aの近くに位置し、回路基板41の上面41aを覆っている。配線層63は、配線63aおよびパッド配線63pを含む複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。また、配線層63内には、MIM容量が形成されていてもよい。 The wiring layer 63 is located between the wiring layer 62 and the circuit board 41. The wiring layer 63 is located closer to the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 than to the lower surface thereof, and covers the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41. The wiring layer 63 includes a plurality of wirings including wirings 63a and pad wirings 63p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and a plurality of vias that provide electrical connections across the interlayer insulating layer. Furthermore, an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 63.

 配線63aは、第3配線の一例であり、回路基板41の上面41aと第1接合面81との間に位置する。配線63aは、パッド配線63pと周辺回路4とを電気的に接続する。配線63aは、例えば、パッド配線63pとトランジスタTr21とを電気的に接続する。また、配線63aと配線62aとは、第1接合面81を介して電気的に接続されている。 Wiring 63a is an example of a third wiring, and is located between the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 and the first bonding surface 81. Wiring 63a electrically connects pad wiring 63p to the peripheral circuit 4. Wiring 63a electrically connects, for example, pad wiring 63p to transistor Tr21. Furthermore, wiring 63a and wiring 62a are electrically connected via the first bonding surface 81.

 パッド配線63pは、配線層63において最も上方側、つまり、最も配線層62に近い絶縁層内に形成されている。パッド配線63pは、第1接合面81における金属接合81aを形成する。 The pad wiring 63p is formed in the uppermost insulating layer of the wiring layer 63, i.e., the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 62. The pad wiring 63p forms a metal junction 81a on the first bonding surface 81.

 配線層61、62および63における配線およびビアはそれぞれ、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。また、配線層61、62および63における層間絶縁層等の絶縁層は、例えば、酸化シリコンまたは炭窒化シリコンを含む。 The wiring and vias in wiring layers 61, 62, and 63 each contain, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. Furthermore, the insulating layers, such as the interlayer insulating layers, in wiring layers 61, 62, and 63 contain, for example, silicon oxide or silicon carbonitride.

 第1ビア71は、画素基板31の少なくとも一部を貫通し、少なくとも一部が画素基板31内に位置する。第1ビア71は、例えば、TSV(Through Silicon Via)である。配線61aと配線62aとは、第1ビア71を介して電気的に接続される。第1ビア71は、配線62aに接している。 The first via 71 penetrates at least a portion of the pixel substrate 31, and at least a portion of it is located within the pixel substrate 31. The first via 71 is, for example, a TSV (Through Silicon Via). The wiring 61a and wiring 62a are electrically connected via the first via 71. The first via 71 is in contact with the wiring 62a.

 第1ビア71は、例えば、ナノオーダーの直径を有するnTSV(ナノTSV)である。第1ビア71の直径は、例えば、1000nm未満である。第1ビア71の直径は、100nm以下であってもよく、10nm以下であってもよい。また、第1ビア71の直径は、例えば、1nm以上である。第1ビア71の直径は、5nm以上であってもよい。また、第1ビア71は、μmオーダーの直径を有するμTSV(マイクロTSV)であってもよい。 The first via 71 is, for example, an nTSV (nanoTSV) having a diameter on the nanometer order. The diameter of the first via 71 is, for example, less than 1000 nm. The diameter of the first via 71 may be 100 nm or less, or 10 nm or less. The diameter of the first via 71 is, for example, 1 nm or more. The diameter of the first via 71 may be 5 nm or more. The first via 71 may also be a μTSV (microTSV) having a diameter on the μm order.

 第1ビア71は、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。第1ビア71は、銅を主成分として含んでいてもよい。ここで、主成分とは、質量基準で最も多く含まれる成分を意味する。主成分は、一例では、50質量%を超える成分である。主成分は、80質量%を超える成分であってもよい。 The first via 71 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. The first via 71 may contain copper as its main component. Here, the main component refers to the component that is contained in the largest amount by mass. In one example, the main component is a component that accounts for more than 50% by mass. The main component may also account for more than 80% by mass.

 第1ビア71は、例えば、画素基板31の厚み方向に穴をあけて、穴に銅等の金属を堆積することで形成される。また、穴を形成する場合、穴の先端側が細くなる。図3で示される例では、第1ビア71の上側が下側よりも細くなっているため、画素基板31の下面31bから第1ビア71が形成されている。上記で例示した第1ビア71の直径は、第1ビア71における最大径であり、図3で示される例では、第1ビア71における最も下側の部分の直径である。 The first via 71 is formed, for example, by drilling a hole in the thickness direction of the pixel substrate 31 and depositing a metal such as copper in the hole. Furthermore, when a hole is formed, the tip of the hole becomes thinner. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the upper side of the first via 71 is thinner than the lower side, so the first via 71 is formed from the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31. The diameter of the first via 71 exemplified above is the maximum diameter of the first via 71, and in the example shown in FIG. 3, it is the diameter of the lowest part of the first via 71.

 第2ビア72は、画素基板31内に位置する。図3で示される例では、第2ビア72は、画素基板31に形成された分離領域95内に形成されている。分離領域95は、画素アレイ14Aと画素アレイ14Aの周辺部とを分離する分離領域である。分離領域95は、画素基板31内に位置する。分離領域95は、例えば、STI(Shallow Trench Isolation)構造である。STI構造は、STIプロセスによって画素基板31に形成される。第2ビア72は、例えば、STI構造を形成するためのトレンチ内で金属を埋め込むことで形成された埋め込みビアである。第2ビア72は、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。 The second via 72 is located within the pixel substrate 31. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the second via 72 is formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 31. The isolation region 95 is an isolation region that separates the pixel array 14A from the peripheral portion of the pixel array 14A. The isolation region 95 is located within the pixel substrate 31. The isolation region 95 is, for example, an STI (Shallow Trench Isolation) structure. The STI structure is formed in the pixel substrate 31 by an STI process. The second via 72 is, for example, a buried via formed by burying a metal within a trench used to form the STI structure. The second via 72 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.

 図3に示されるように、第1ビア71の径方向の外周面上にはライナー膜71aが形成されている。第1ビア71と画素基板31とはライナー膜71aを介して離間している。また、第2ビア72の径方向の外周面上にはライナー膜72aが形成されている。第2ビア72と画素基板31とはライナー膜72aを介して離間している。ライナー膜71aおよび72aは、少なくとも酸化シリコン等の絶縁材料で形成された絶縁膜を含む。ライナー膜71aおよび72aは、絶縁膜と、窒化チタン等の金属窒化物またはチタン等の金属の膜との積層構造を有していてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 3, a liner film 71a is formed on the radially outer surface of the first via 71. The first via 71 and the pixel substrate 31 are separated by the liner film 71a. Furthermore, a liner film 72a is formed on the radially outer surface of the second via 72. The second via 72 and the pixel substrate 31 are separated by the liner film 72a. The liner films 71a and 72a include at least an insulating film made of an insulating material such as silicon oxide. The liner films 71a and 72a may have a layered structure of an insulating film and a film of a metal nitride such as titanium nitride or a metal such as titanium.

 第3ビア73は、一部が画素基板31内に位置する。図3で示される例では、第3ビア73は、一部が画素基板31に形成された分離領域95内に形成されている。第3ビア73は、配線61aと第1ビア71とを電気的に接続する。第3ビア73は、配線61aに接している。第3ビア73は、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。第3ビア73は、例えば、画素基板31内の分離領域95および分離領域95上の絶縁層にエッチング等によって穴を形成し、穴に銅等の金属を堆積することで形成される。 A portion of the third via 73 is located within the pixel substrate 31. In the example shown in FIG. 3, a portion of the third via 73 is formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 31. The third via 73 electrically connects the wiring 61a and the first via 71. The third via 73 is in contact with the wiring 61a. The third via 73 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. The third via 73 is formed, for example, by forming a hole by etching or the like in the isolation region 95 in the pixel substrate 31 and in the insulating layer above the isolation region 95, and then depositing a metal such as copper in the hole.

 配線61aと第1ビア71とは、第2ビア72を介して電気的に接続される。また、配線61aと第2ビア72とは、第3ビア73を介して電気的に接続される。そのため、配線61aと第1ビア71とは、第2ビア72および第3ビア73を介して電気的に接続される。第1ビア71と第2ビア72とは、画素基板31内で直接接続され、第2ビア72と第3ビア73とは、画素基板31内で直接接続される。第1ビア71の長さは、第2ビア72の長さおよび第3ビア73の長さよりも長くてもよい。第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73は、平面視において互いに重なる。また、第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73は、平面視において画素基板31に形成された分離領域95と重なる。 The wiring 61a and the first via 71 are electrically connected via the second via 72. The wiring 61a and the second via 72 are also electrically connected via the third via 73. Therefore, the wiring 61a and the first via 71 are electrically connected via the second via 72 and the third via 73. The first via 71 and the second via 72 are directly connected within the pixel substrate 31, and the second via 72 and the third via 73 are directly connected within the pixel substrate 31. The length of the first via 71 may be longer than the lengths of the second via 72 and the third via 73. The first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 overlap each other in a planar view. The first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 also overlap with an isolation region 95 formed on the pixel substrate 31 in a planar view.

 第1接合面81は、画素基板31と回路基板41との間に位置する。図3で示される例では、第1接合面81において、配線層62の下面と配線層63の上面とが接合されている。つまり、第1接合面81は、配線層62と配線層63との界面に位置する。また、第1接合面81は、ハイブリッドボンディングで画素基板31を含むウエハと回路基板41を含むウエハとが接合された面であり、金属接合81aと絶縁膜接合81bとを含む。図3においては、見やすさのため、一部の金属接合81aおよび絶縁膜接合81bに対して符号を示して図示しているが、第1接合面81では、全体にわたって金属接合81aおよび絶縁膜接合81bが形成されている。 The first bonding surface 81 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the lower surface of the wiring layer 62 and the upper surface of the wiring layer 63 are bonded at the first bonding surface 81. In other words, the first bonding surface 81 is located at the interface between the wiring layer 62 and the wiring layer 63. The first bonding surface 81 is also the surface where the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41 are bonded by hybrid bonding, and includes metal bonds 81a and insulating film bonds 81b. For ease of viewing, FIG. 3 shows some of the metal bonds 81a and insulating film bonds 81b with reference numerals, but metal bonds 81a and insulating film bonds 81b are formed throughout the first bonding surface 81.

 金属接合81aは、パッド配線62pとパッド配線63pとが接合することにより形成されている。例えば、パッド配線62pおよび63pが主成分として銅を含む場合、金属接合81aは、Cu-Cu接合である。絶縁膜接合81bは、配線層62に含まれるパッド配線62pと同層の絶縁層と、配線層63に含まれるパッド配線63pと同層の絶縁層とが接合することにより形成されている。 Metal bond 81a is formed by bonding pad wiring 62p and pad wiring 63p. For example, if pad wiring 62p and 63p contain copper as a main component, metal bond 81a is a Cu-Cu bond. Insulating film bond 81b is formed by bonding an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 62p included in wiring layer 62 to an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 63p included in wiring layer 63.

 以上のように、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100では、画素アレイ14Aが形成される画素基板31と周辺回路4が形成される回路基板41とが積層されているため、撮像装置100における基板面積を小さくすることができ、小型化が可能である。 As described above, in the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment, the pixel substrate 31 on which the pixel array 14A is formed and the circuit substrate 41 on which the peripheral circuit 4 is formed are stacked, which allows the substrate area of the imaging device 100 to be reduced, enabling miniaturization.

 また、撮像装置100では、画素基板31の上面31aの上方に位置する配線61aと、画素基板31の下面31bと第1接合面81との間に位置する配線62aとが第1ビア71を介して電気的に接続される。これにより、撮像装置100を小型化できる。詳細には、仮にTSVでウエハを接合する場合、画素基板31を貫通させて回路基板41まで到達するようにTSVを形成するため、TSVを形成するためのトレンチの深さが深くなり、第1ビア71の直径を大きくする必要がある。また、この場合、太いTSVでの接合の形成によって生じる応力の、画素基板31に形成されたトランジスタTr11への影響を低減するためにトランジスタTr11と第1ビア71との距離も大きくする必要がある。その結果、画素基板31が大型化する。撮像装置100では、第1ビア71が画素基板31と回路基板41とを積層するための接合に用いられないため、撮像装置100を小型化できる。また、撮像装置100では、第1ビア71の長さを、配線61aから第1接合面81までの距離よりも短くできる。半導体基板を貫通するためのビアは、一般的に、長さが長くなる程、直径が大きくなる。そのため、第1ビア71の長さが短いことで、第1ビア71の直径を小さくすることができ、第1ビア71を形成するための領域を狭くできる。よって、撮像装置100を小型化できる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 100, the wiring 61a located above the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 and the wiring 62a located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the first bonding surface 81 are electrically connected via the first via 71. This allows the imaging device 100 to be miniaturized. More specifically, if wafers are bonded using TSVs, the TSVs are formed so that they penetrate the pixel substrate 31 and reach the circuit substrate 41. This increases the depth of the trench used to form the TSVs, and therefore requires a larger diameter for the first via 71. In this case, the distance between the transistor Tr11 and the first via 71 also needs to be increased to reduce the effect on the transistor Tr11 formed on the pixel substrate 31 of stress caused by forming a bond with a thick TSV. As a result, the pixel substrate 31 becomes larger. In the imaging device 100, the first via 71 is not used for bonding the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit substrate 41, allowing the imaging device 100 to be miniaturized. Furthermore, in the imaging device 100, the length of the first via 71 can be made shorter than the distance from the wiring 61a to the first bonding surface 81. Generally, the longer a via that penetrates a semiconductor substrate, the larger its diameter. Therefore, by making the length of the first via 71 shorter, the diameter of the first via 71 can be made smaller, and the area for forming the first via 71 can be made narrower. This allows the imaging device 100 to be made smaller.

 また、撮像装置100では、配線61aと第1ビア71とは第2ビア72および第3ビア73を介して電気的に接続される。これにより、第1ビア71の長さをさらに短くして第1ビア71をさらに小径化することができ、撮像装置100をさらに小型化できる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 100, the wiring 61a and the first via 71 are electrically connected via the second via 72 and the third via 73. This allows the length of the first via 71 to be further shortened, further reducing the diameter of the first via 71, and further reducing the size of the imaging device 100.

 また、撮像装置100では、画素電極50、光電変換層51および上部電極52を含む光電変換部10が、画素基板31の上面31aの上方に配置される。このような光電変換部10では、半導体基板に形成されたフォトダイオードを光電変換部として用いる場合と比べて、画素14のトランジスタが形成される画素基板31内には光電変換部が形成されず、撮像装置100を小型化できる。また、画素基板31にはフォトダイオードが形成されずに、フォトダイオードが形成された半導体基板を画素基板31に積層する場合よりも、撮像装置100において積層される半導体基板の数を減らすことができる。そのため、半導体基板を含むウエハ同士の接合数および半導体基板を貫通するビアの数も減らすことができる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 100, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 including the pixel electrode 50, photoelectric conversion layer 51, and upper electrode 52 is disposed above the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31. With this type of photoelectric conversion unit 10, compared to when a photodiode formed on a semiconductor substrate is used as the photoelectric conversion unit, no photoelectric conversion unit is formed within the pixel substrate 31 where the transistors of the pixels 14 are formed, allowing the imaging device 100 to be made more compact. Furthermore, photodiodes are not formed on the pixel substrate 31, and the number of semiconductor substrates stacked in the imaging device 100 can be reduced compared to when a semiconductor substrate with a photodiode formed thereon is stacked on the pixel substrate 31. As a result, the number of junctions between wafers including semiconductor substrates and the number of vias penetrating the semiconductor substrates can also be reduced.

 [平面レイアウト]
 次に、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100における平面レイアウトについて説明する。図4は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100における平面レイアウトの一例を模式的に示す平面図である。図4では、平面視における増幅トランジスタ11、金属接合用のパッド配線62p、電荷蓄積領域91、プラグ92および第1ビア71の配置が模式的に示されている。また、図4では、平面視において画素14が配置される領域である画素領域R2が一点鎖線の四角形で示されている。図4では、4行4列分の画素14に対応する16個の画素領域R2が示されている。また、図4では、左上の2つの画素領域R2内における増幅トランジスタ11、パッド配線62p、電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92の配置が代表して図示されており、他の画素領域R2内におけるこれらの配置の図示は省略されている。
[Flat Layout]
Next, the planar layout of the imaging device 100 according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 4 is a plan view schematically illustrating an example of the planar layout of the imaging device 100 according to the present embodiment. FIG. 4 schematically illustrates the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, the pad wiring 62p for metal bonding, the charge accumulation region 91, the plug 92, and the first via 71 in a planar view. Also, in FIG. 4, pixel regions R2, which are regions in which pixels 14 are arranged in a planar view, are indicated by dashed-dotted rectangles. FIG. 4 illustrates 16 pixel regions R2 corresponding to four rows and four columns of pixels 14. Also, FIG. 4 illustrates the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, the pad wiring 62p, the charge accumulation region 91, and the plug 92 in the two upper left pixel regions R2 as a representative example, and does not illustrate the arrangement of these elements in the other pixel regions R2.

 図4に示されるように、第1ビア71は、画素アレイ領域R1外に位置する。画素アレイ領域R1外に配置する第1ビア71を従来のTSVより小さくすることにより、チップ面積を小さくすることができる。また、第1ビア71が、画素アレイ領域R1外に位置することで、増幅トランジスタ11からずれて配置されるため、第1ビア71によって増幅トランジスタ11のしきい値電圧Vthが変動することを抑制できる。 As shown in FIG. 4, the first via 71 is located outside the pixel array region R1. By making the first via 71 located outside the pixel array region R1 smaller than a conventional TSV, the chip area can be reduced. Furthermore, by locating the first via 71 outside the pixel array region R1, it is positioned offset from the amplifier transistor 11, which makes it possible to prevent the threshold voltage Vth of the amplifier transistor 11 from fluctuating due to the first via 71.

 図4で示される例では、画素アレイ領域R1の外周に沿って、複数の第1ビア71が配列し、第1ビア群71Gを構成している。図4で示される例では、複数の第1ビア71は、1列で配列しているが、2列以上で配列していてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 4, a plurality of first vias 71 are arranged along the outer periphery of the pixel array region R1, constituting a first via group 71G. In the example shown in FIG. 4, the plurality of first vias 71 are arranged in a single row, but they may also be arranged in two or more rows.

 図4で示される例では、増幅トランジスタ11は、平面視において、増幅トランジスタ11と同じ画素領域R2内のプラグ92と第1ビア群71Gとの間に位置する。これにより、第1ビア71と増幅トランジスタ11との距離よりも、増幅トランジスタ11と同じ画素領域R2内のプラグ92と第1ビア71との距離を長くして、第1ビア71の干渉により、電荷蓄積領域91に接続されたプラグ92に発生するノイズを抑制できる。なお、増幅トランジスタ11の位置に、増幅トランジスタ11以外の画素内素子が配置されてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 4, the amplifier transistor 11 is located, in a plan view, between the plug 92 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 and the first via group 71G. This makes the distance between the plug 92 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 and the first via 71 longer than the distance between the first via 71 and the amplifier transistor 11, thereby suppressing noise generated in the plug 92 connected to the charge storage region 91 due to interference from the first via 71. Note that a pixel element other than the amplifier transistor 11 may be located in the position of the amplifier transistor 11.

 また、図4で示される例では、プラグ92は、画素領域R2の外形の複数の辺のうち、画素領域R2に最も近い第1ビア71に近い辺よりも、当該辺とは反対側の辺に近い位置に配置される。これによっても、第1ビア71の干渉によりプラグ92に発生するノイズを抑制できる。 Furthermore, in the example shown in FIG. 4, the plug 92 is positioned closer to the side opposite the side closest to the first via 71, which is closest to the pixel region R2, than to the side closest to the first via 71. This also makes it possible to suppress noise generated in the plug 92 due to interference from the first via 71.

 また、図4で示される例では、平面視において、パッド配線62pは、第1ビア71と重ならず、画素領域R2内に位置する。パッド配線62pの位置は、パッド配線62pによって形成された上述の金属接合81aの位置と同じである。パッド配線62pは、平面視において、パッド配線62pと同じ画素領域R2領域内のプラグ92と第1ビア群71Gとの間に位置する。これにより、第1ビア71とパッド配線62pとの距離よりも、パッド配線62pと同じ画素領域R2領域内のプラグ92と第1ビア71との距離を長くして、第1ビア71の干渉によりプラグ92に発生するノイズを抑制できる。 Furthermore, in the example shown in FIG. 4, in a plan view, the pad wiring 62p does not overlap the first via 71 and is located within the pixel region R2. The position of the pad wiring 62p is the same as the position of the above-mentioned metal junction 81a formed by the pad wiring 62p. In a plan view, the pad wiring 62p is located between the plug 92 and the first via group 71G in the same pixel region R2 as the pad wiring 62p. This makes it possible to make the distance between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the pad wiring 62p longer than the distance between the first via 71 and the pad wiring 62p, thereby suppressing noise generated in the plug 92 due to interference from the first via 71.

 なお、パッド配線62pは、平面視において、画素領域R2外に位置していてもよい。また、パッド配線62pは、平面視において、第1ビア71、増幅トランジスタ11またはプラグ92と重なっていてもよい。 Note that the pad wiring 62p may be located outside the pixel region R2 in plan view. Furthermore, the pad wiring 62p may overlap the first via 71, the amplification transistor 11, or the plug 92 in plan view.

 [製造方法]
 次に、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置100の製造方法について説明する。
[Manufacturing method]
Next, a method for manufacturing the imaging device 100 according to this embodiment will be described.

 撮像装置100の製造方法では、画素基板31を含むウエハを形成し、回路基板41を含むウエハを形成し、画素基板31を含むウエハと回路基板41を含むウエハとを接合する。そして、光電変換部10をさらに形成することで、撮像装置100が得られる。 In the manufacturing method of the imaging device 100, a wafer including the pixel substrate 31 is formed, a wafer including the circuit substrate 41 is formed, and the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41 are bonded together. Then, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 is further formed, thereby obtaining the imaging device 100.

 以下、撮像装置100の製造方法の詳細について、図面を参照しながら説明する。図5Aから図5Dは、画素基板31を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。図6Aおよび図6Bは、回路基板41を含むウエハを形成する工程を説明するための断面図である。図7Aおよび図7Bは、画素基板31を含むウエハと回路基板41を含むウエハとの接合以降の工程を説明するための断面図である。撮像装置100の製造において、画素基板31等の半導体基板内への不純物領域および分離領域の形成方法、ならびに、層間絶縁層、配線、ビアおよび電極等の形成方法については、半導体集積回路の形成プロセス等の従来知られている方法を利用することができる。 The manufacturing method of the image pickup device 100 will now be described in detail with reference to the drawings. Figures 5A to 5D are cross-sectional views illustrating the process of forming a wafer including the pixel substrate 31. Figures 6A and 6B are cross-sectional views illustrating the process of forming a wafer including the circuit substrate 41. Figures 7A and 7B are cross-sectional views illustrating the process after bonding the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41. In manufacturing the image pickup device 100, methods for forming impurity regions and isolation regions in semiconductor substrates such as the pixel substrate 31, as well as methods for forming interlayer insulating layers, wiring, vias, electrodes, etc. can use conventionally known methods such as semiconductor integrated circuit manufacturing processes.

 まず、図5Aに示されるように、画素基板31を準備する。図5Aでは、画素基板31の上面31a上の配線層61、トランジスタTr11、電荷蓄積領域91、プラグ92、分離領域95、第2ビア72、ライナー膜72aおよび第3ビア73が形成された状態が示されている。 First, as shown in Figure 5A, the pixel substrate 31 is prepared. Figure 5A shows the state in which the wiring layer 61, transistor Tr11, charge storage region 91, plug 92, isolation region 95, second via 72, liner film 72a, and third via 73 have been formed on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.

 次に、図5Bに示されるように、配線層61上に絶縁層55を形成し、絶縁層55に支持基板56を接合する。そして、上下を反転させて、支持基板56によって画素基板31を支持した状態で、例えば3μm以上5μm以下程度まで、画素基板31を薄くする。これにより、後の工程で形成する第1ビア71を短くすることができる。支持基板56は、例えば、シリコン基板またはガラス基板であるが、画素基板31を支持することができれば特に制限されない。 Next, as shown in FIG. 5B, an insulating layer 55 is formed on the wiring layer 61, and a support substrate 56 is bonded to the insulating layer 55. Then, the substrate is turned upside down, and with the pixel substrate 31 supported by the support substrate 56, the pixel substrate 31 is thinned, for example, to approximately 3 μm or more and 5 μm or less. This allows the first via 71, which will be formed in a later process, to be shorter. The support substrate 56 is, for example, a silicon substrate or a glass substrate, but is not particularly limited as long as it can support the pixel substrate 31.

 次に、図5Cに示されるように、配線層62においてパッド配線62pが形成される前の配線層62Mを画素基板31の下面31b上に形成する。また、配線層62Mの形成の途中で、画素基板31の下面31bから画素基板31に穴をあけて、当該穴に金属を堆積させることで第1ビア71を形成する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 5C , a wiring layer 62M, which is the wiring layer 62 before the pad wiring 62p is formed, is formed on the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31. During the formation of the wiring layer 62M, a hole is drilled from the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 to the pixel substrate 31, and a metal is deposited in the hole to form a first via 71.

 次に、図5Dに示されるように、配線層62M上にパッド配線62pを形成することで配線層62を形成する。例えば、配線層62M上に形成した絶縁層62Iにパッド配線62pを形成するための溝を形成し、溝にCuなどの金属を埋め込むことでパッド配線62pを形成する。絶縁層62Iとして、SiOなどの酸化物の絶縁膜、および、SiCNまたはAlNの絶縁膜等が挙げられる。これにより、画素基板31、配線層61および配線層62を含むウエハ31Wが形成される。 5D, pad wiring 62p is formed on the wiring layer 62M to form the wiring layer 62. For example, grooves for forming the pad wiring 62p are formed in an insulating layer 62I formed on the wiring layer 62M, and the grooves are filled with a metal such as Cu to form the pad wiring 62p. Examples of the insulating layer 62I include an insulating film made of an oxide such as SiO2 , and an insulating film made of SiCN or AlN. In this way, a wafer 31W including the pixel substrate 31, the wiring layer 61, and the wiring layer 62 is formed.

 また、ウエハ31Wを形成する工程と並行して、または、ウエハ31Wを形成する工程に前後して、図6Aに示されるように、回路基板41を準備する。図6Aでは、回路基板41の上面41a上の配線層63においてパッド配線63pが形成される前の配線層63MおよびトランジスタTr21が形成された状態が示されている。 Furthermore, in parallel with the process of forming wafer 31W, or before or after the process of forming wafer 31W, circuit board 41 is prepared as shown in FIG. 6A. FIG. 6A shows the state in which wiring layer 63M and transistor Tr21 have been formed before pad wiring 63p is formed in wiring layer 63 on the upper surface 41a of circuit board 41.

 次に、図6Bに示されるように、配線層63M上にパッド配線63pを形成することで、配線層63を形成する。例えば、配線層63M上に形成した絶縁層63Iにパッド配線63pを形成するための溝を形成し、溝にCuなどの金属を埋め込むことでパッド配線63pを形成する。上記のパッド配線62pおよび絶縁層62Iとパッド配線63pおよび絶縁層63Iとを用いて、ウエハ31Wとウエハ41Wをハイブリッド接合する。絶縁層63Iとして、SiOなどの酸化物の絶縁膜、および、SiCNまたはAlNの絶縁膜等が挙げられる。これにより、回路基板41および配線層63を含むウエハ41Wが形成される。 Next, as shown in FIG. 6B , pad wiring 63p is formed on wiring layer 63M to form wiring layer 63. For example, grooves for forming pad wiring 63p are formed in insulating layer 63I formed on wiring layer 63M, and metal such as Cu is filled into the grooves to form pad wiring 63p. The wafer 31W and wafer 41W are hybrid-bonded using the pad wiring 62p and insulating layer 62I, and the pad wiring 63p and insulating layer 63I. Examples of insulating layer 63I include an insulating film made of oxide such as SiO2 , and an insulating film made of SiCN or AlN. This forms wafer 41W including circuit board 41 and wiring layer 63.

 次に、図7Aに示されるように、ウエハ31Wとウエハ41Wとを接合して第1接合面81を形成する。本実施の形態においては、ウエハ31Wとウエハ41Wとは、ハイブリッドボンディングで接合され、パッド配線62pとパッド配線63pとの金属接合81a、および、パッド配線62pの周囲の絶縁層62Iと、パッド配線63pの周囲の絶縁層63Iとの絶縁膜接合81bが形成される。上記のように、画素基板31は、接合前に薄くされているため、画素基板31の厚さt1は、例えば、回路基板41の厚さt2よりも小さい。 Next, as shown in FIG. 7A, wafer 31W and wafer 41W are bonded together to form a first bonding surface 81. In this embodiment, wafer 31W and wafer 41W are bonded together using hybrid bonding, forming a metal bond 81a between pad wiring 62p and pad wiring 63p, and an insulating film bond 81b between insulating layer 62I around pad wiring 62p and insulating layer 63I around pad wiring 63p. As described above, the pixel substrate 31 is thinned before bonding, so the thickness t1 of the pixel substrate 31 is smaller than, for example, the thickness t2 of the circuit board 41.

 具体的には、第1接合面81の形成では、配線層62と配線層63とが向かい合うように、ウエハ31Wとウエハ41Wとを圧着し、350℃以下(例えば、300℃から350℃)の温度で加熱する。これにより、パッド配線62pとパッド配線63pの金属(例えば銅)が熱膨張して金属接合81aが形成される。また、絶縁層62Iと絶縁層63Iとは水分子が脱離することで共有結合が形成されて絶縁膜接合81bが形成される。また、第1接合面81の形成前または形成後にウエハ31Wから支持基板56を剥離する。 Specifically, to form the first bonding surface 81, wafer 31W and wafer 41W are pressed together so that wiring layer 62 and wiring layer 63 face each other, and then heated at a temperature of 350°C or lower (e.g., 300°C to 350°C). This causes the metal (e.g., copper) of pad wiring 62p and pad wiring 63p to thermally expand, forming metal bond 81a. Furthermore, covalent bonds are formed between insulating layers 62I and 63I as water molecules are released, forming insulating film bond 81b. Furthermore, support substrate 56 is peeled off from wafer 31W before or after forming first bonding surface 81.

 次に、図7Bに示されるように、絶縁層55上に画素電極50およびシールド電極53を形成し、画素電極50およびシールド電極53の上方に光電変換層51を形成する。光電変換層51は、例えば、上述のように、複数の画素14にわたって連続的にモノリシックに形成される。光電変換層51は、例えば、スピンコート法または蒸着法を用いて形成される。そして、光電変換層51の上方に上部電極52を形成することで、図3で示した撮像装置100が得られる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 7B, pixel electrodes 50 and shield electrodes 53 are formed on the insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed above the pixel electrodes 50 and shield electrodes 53. The photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed continuously and monolithically across multiple pixels 14, for example, as described above. The photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed using, for example, spin coating or vapor deposition. Then, an upper electrode 52 is formed above the photoelectric conversion layer 51, thereby obtaining the imaging device 100 shown in FIG. 3.

 上記製造方法では、第1接合面81の形成後に光電変換層51の形成を行うため、光電変換層51に高温の熱処理が行われることなく撮像装置100を製造できる。例えば、光電変換層51の形成以降の工程は、250℃以下で行われる。 In the above manufacturing method, the photoelectric conversion layer 51 is formed after the first bonding surface 81 is formed, so the imaging device 100 can be manufactured without subjecting the photoelectric conversion layer 51 to high-temperature heat treatment. For example, the processes following the formation of the photoelectric conversion layer 51 are performed at temperatures below 250°C.

 [変形例1]
 次に、実施の形態1の変形例1について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
[Modification 1]
Next, a first modification of the first embodiment will be described. The following description will focus on the differences from the first embodiment, and the description of the commonalities will be omitted or simplified.

 図8は、本変形例に係る撮像装置101のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図8に示されるように、本変形例に係る撮像装置101は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と比較して、第2ビア72およびライナー膜72aを備えない点で主に相違する。 Figure 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 101 according to this modified example. As shown in Figure 8, the imaging device 101 according to this modified example differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it does not include a second via 72 and a liner film 72a.

 撮像装置101においては、第1ビア71と第3ビア73とは、画素基板31内で直接接続されている。これにより、第1ビア71が第3ビア73を介して配線61aに接続されるため、第1ビア71の長さを短くすることができ、撮像装置100を小型化できる。 In the imaging device 101, the first via 71 and the third via 73 are directly connected within the pixel substrate 31. As a result, the first via 71 is connected to the wiring 61a via the third via 73, which allows the length of the first via 71 to be shortened, thereby enabling the imaging device 100 to be made more compact.

 なお、図8で示される例では、第1ビア71は、画素基板31の下面31b側から形成されているが、図9に示されるように、画素基板31の上面31a側から形成されてもよい。図9は、本変形例に係る別の撮像装置101Aのデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図9で示される撮像装置101Aでは、第1ビア71の下側が上側よりも細くなっている。 In the example shown in FIG. 8, the first via 71 is formed from the lower surface 31b side of the pixel substrate 31, but as shown in FIG. 9, it may be formed from the upper surface 31a side of the pixel substrate 31. FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of another image capture device 101A according to this modified example. In the image capture device 101A shown in FIG. 9, the lower side of the first via 71 is narrower than the upper side.

 [変形例2]
 次に、実施の形態1の変形例2について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1および実施の形態1の変形例1との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
[Modification 2]
Next, a description will be given of Modification 2 of Embodiment 1. The following description will focus on the differences between Embodiment 1 and Modification 1 of Embodiment 1, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.

 図10は、本変形例に係る撮像装置102のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図10に示されるように、本変形例に係る撮像装置102は、実施の形態1の変形例1に係る別の撮像装置101Aと比較して、分離領域95を備えない点で主に相違する。 FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 102 according to this modification. As shown in FIG. 10, the imaging device 102 according to this modification differs from another imaging device 101A according to Modification 1 of Embodiment 1 mainly in that it does not include a separation region 95.

 撮像装置102では、第1ビア71は、画素基板31の全体を貫通している。図10で示される例では、第1ビア71は、第3ビア73を介して配線61aに電気的に接続されているが、第3ビア73が備えられずに、配線61aと直接接続されていてもよい。また、図10で示される例では第1ビア71は、上面31a側から形成されているが、下面31b側から形成されていてもよい。 In the imaging device 102, the first via 71 penetrates the entire pixel substrate 31. In the example shown in FIG. 10, the first via 71 is electrically connected to the wiring 61a via the third via 73, but the third via 73 may not be provided and the first via 71 may be directly connected to the wiring 61a. Also, in the example shown in FIG. 10, the first via 71 is formed from the upper surface 31a side, but it may also be formed from the lower surface 31b side.

 [変形例3]
 次に、実施の形態1の変形例3について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1ならびに実施の形態1の変形例1および2との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
[Modification 3]
Next, a description will be given of Modification 3 of Embodiment 1. The following description will focus on the differences from Embodiment 1 and Modifications 1 and 2 of Embodiment 1, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.

 図11は、本変形例に係る撮像装置103のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図11に示されるように、本変形例に係る撮像装置103は、実施の形態1の変形例1に係る撮像装置101と比較して、配線層62の代わりに配線層132を備える点で主に相違する。 FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 103 according to this modification. As shown in FIG. 11, the imaging device 103 according to this modification differs from the imaging device 101 according to Modification 1 of Embodiment 1 mainly in that it includes a wiring layer 132 instead of wiring layer 62.

 配線層132は、パッド配線62pと画素基板31の下面31bとの間の、配線62a等の配線および層間絶縁層を配線層62から除いた構成を有する。配線層132は、パッド配線62pおよびパッド配線62pと同層の絶縁層で構成される。 The wiring layer 132 has a configuration in which the wiring such as wiring 62a and the interlayer insulating layer between the pad wiring 62p and the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 are removed from the wiring layer 62. The wiring layer 132 is composed of the pad wiring 62p and the insulating layer in the same layer as the pad wiring 62p.

 撮像装置103においては、第1ビア71は、配線62aを介さずにパッド配線62pに接続されている。第1ビア71は、パッド配線62pに接している。これにより、第1ビア71をさらに短くすることが可能である。本変形例において、パッド配線62pは、第2配線の一例である。 In the imaging device 103, the first via 71 is connected to the pad wiring 62p without going through the wiring 62a. The first via 71 is in contact with the pad wiring 62p. This makes it possible to further shorten the first via 71. In this modified example, the pad wiring 62p is an example of the second wiring.

 なお、図11で示される例では、第1ビア71は、画素基板31の下面31b側から形成されているが、図12に示されるように、画素基板31の上面31a側から形成されてもよい。図12は、本変形例に係る別の撮像装置103Aのデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図12で示される撮像装置103Aでは、第1ビア71の下側が上側よりも細くなっている。 In the example shown in FIG. 11, the first via 71 is formed from the lower surface 31b side of the pixel substrate 31, but as shown in FIG. 12, it may be formed from the upper surface 31a side of the pixel substrate 31. FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of another image capture device 103A according to this modified example. In the image capture device 103A shown in FIG. 12, the lower side of the first via 71 is narrower than the upper side.

 [変形例4]
 次に、実施の形態1の変形例4について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1および実施の形態1の変形例1から3との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
[Modification 4]
Next, a fourth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The following description will focus on the differences between the first embodiment and modifications 1 to 3 of the first embodiment, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.

 図13は、本変形例に係る撮像装置104のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図13に示されるように、本変形例に係る撮像装置104は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と比較して、画素基板32、配線層64、配線層65、第4ビア74、第5ビア75、第6ビア76および第2接合面82をさらに備える点、および、配線層63の代わりに配線層143を備える点で主に相違する。 FIG. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 104 according to this modified example. As shown in FIG. 13, the imaging device 104 according to this modified example differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it further includes a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 64, a wiring layer 65, a fourth via 74, a fifth via 75, a sixth via 76, and a second bonding surface 82, and in that it includes a wiring layer 143 instead of the wiring layer 63.

 撮像装置104では、回路基板41、配線層65、配線層64、画素基板32、配線層143、配線層62、画素基板31、配線層61、絶縁層55および光電変換部10がこの順でZ軸方向に沿って積層された構造を有する。 The imaging device 104 has a structure in which a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 65, a wiring layer 64, a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 143, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 31, a wiring layer 61, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z-axis direction.

 図13に示されるように、画素基板31と画素基板32とは、画素基板31と画素基板32との間に位置する第1接合面81を介して積層されている。また、画素基板32と回路基板41とは、画素基板32と回路基板41との間に位置する第2接合面82を介して積層されている。画素基板32は、例えば、各種の不純物領域が形成されたp型またはn型の半導体基板である。画素基板32は、シリコン基板であってもよい。本変形例において、画素基板31は第1基板の一例であり、画素基板32は第2基板の一例であり、回路基板41は第3基板の一例である。画素基板32には、ウェルが形成されていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 13, pixel substrate 31 and pixel substrate 32 are stacked via a first bonding surface 81 located between pixel substrate 31 and pixel substrate 32. Furthermore, pixel substrate 32 and circuit substrate 41 are stacked via a second bonding surface 82 located between pixel substrate 32 and circuit substrate 41. Pixel substrate 32 is, for example, a p-type or n-type semiconductor substrate in which various impurity regions are formed. Pixel substrate 32 may also be a silicon substrate. In this modified example, pixel substrate 31 is an example of a first substrate, pixel substrate 32 is an example of a second substrate, and circuit substrate 41 is an example of a third substrate. A well may be formed in pixel substrate 32.

 画素基板32は、画素基板31の上面31aよりも下面31bの近くに位置する。画素基板32は、上面32aと、上面32aに対向する下面32bとを含む。画素基板32の上面32aは、下面32bよりも、撮像装置104に入射光が入射する位置に近い。本変形例において、上面32aは第3面の一例であり、下面32bは第4面の一例である。画素基板32の上面32aには、第2トランジスタの一例であるトランジスタTr12が配置される。トランジスタTr12は、画素14に含まれるトランジスタのうちのトランジスタTr11とは異なるトランジスタであり、例えば、上述の増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13のいずれかである。なお、図13では、見やすさのために、上面32aには、1つのトランジスタTr12のみが配置された図が示されている。画素基板32の上面32aには、例えば、複数の画素14の増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13のうちの1つまたは2つが配置される。また、撮像装置104においては、画素基板31の上面31aには、例えば、複数の画素14の増幅トランジスタ11、リセットトランジスタ12およびアドレストランジスタ13のうちの残りの1つまたは2つが配置される。 The pixel substrate 32 is located closer to the bottom surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the top surface 31a. The pixel substrate 32 includes a top surface 32a and a bottom surface 32b opposite the top surface 32a. The top surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 104 than the bottom surface 32b. In this modified example, the top surface 32a is an example of the third surface, and the bottom surface 32b is an example of the fourth surface. A transistor Tr12, which is an example of a second transistor, is arranged on the top surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32. The transistor Tr12 is a transistor different from the transistor Tr11 included in the pixel 14, and is, for example, any of the above-mentioned amplification transistor 11, reset transistor 12, and address transistor 13. Note that for ease of viewing, Figure 13 shows only one transistor Tr12 arranged on the top surface 32a. For example, one or two of the amplification transistors 11, reset transistors 12, and address transistors 13 of the multiple pixels 14 are arranged on the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32. In the imaging device 104, for example, the remaining one or two of the amplification transistors 11, reset transistors 12, and address transistors 13 of the multiple pixels 14 are arranged on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.

 画素基板31では、トランジスタが上面31aに配置され、画素基板32では、トランジスタが上面32aに配置され、画素基板31と画素基板32とはface-to-backの向きで積層されている。 On pixel substrate 31, transistors are arranged on top surface 31a, and on pixel substrate 32, transistors are arranged on top surface 32a, with pixel substrate 31 and pixel substrate 32 stacked face-to-back.

 撮像装置104において、回路基板41は、画素基板32の上面32aよりも下面32bの近くに位置する。画素基板32では、トランジスタが上面32aに配置され、回路基板41では、トランジスタが上面41aに配置され、画素基板32と回路基板41とはface-to-backの向きで積層されている。 In the imaging device 104, the circuit board 41 is located closer to the bottom surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 than to the top surface 32a. The transistors on the pixel substrate 32 are arranged on the top surface 32a, and the transistors on the circuit board 41 are arranged on the top surface 41a, with the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit board 41 stacked face-to-back.

 配線層143は、配線層62と画素基板32との間に位置する。配線層143は、画素基板32の下面32bよりも上面32aの近く位置し、画素基板32の上面32aを覆っている。配線層143は、配線層63に配線63bを追加した構成を有する。本変形例において、配線63bは、第3配線の一例であり、画素基板32の上面32aと第1接合面81との間に位置する。配線63bは、例えば、トランジスタTr12および配線63aのうちの少なくとも一方と第4ビア74とを電気的に接続する。 The wiring layer 143 is located between the wiring layer 62 and the pixel substrate 32. The wiring layer 143 is located closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than the lower surface 32b, and covers the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32. The wiring layer 143 has a configuration in which wiring 63b is added to the wiring layer 63. In this modified example, the wiring 63b is an example of a third wiring, and is located between the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 and the first bonding surface 81. The wiring 63b electrically connects, for example, at least one of the transistor Tr12 and the wiring 63a to the fourth via 74.

 配線層64は、画素基板32と配線層65との間に位置する。配線層64は、第2接合面82によって配線層65と接合されている。配線層64は、画素基板32の上面32aよりも下面32bの近くに位置し、画素基板32の下面32bを覆っている。配線層64は、配線64aおよびパッド配線64pを含む複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。 The wiring layer 64 is located between the pixel substrate 32 and the wiring layer 65. The wiring layer 64 is bonded to the wiring layer 65 by the second bonding surface 82. The wiring layer 64 is located closer to the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 than to the upper surface 32a, and covers the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32. The wiring layer 64 includes multiple wirings including wirings 64a and pad wirings 64p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer.

 配線64aは、第4配線の一例であり、画素基板32の下面32bと第2接合面82との間に位置する。配線64aは、第4ビア74とパッド配線64pとを電気的に接続する。 The wiring 64a is an example of the fourth wiring and is located between the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 and the second bonding surface 82. The wiring 64a electrically connects the fourth via 74 and the pad wiring 64p.

 パッド配線64pは、配線層64において最も下方側、つまり、最も配線層65に近い絶縁層内に形成されている。パッド配線64pは、第2接合面82における金属接合82aを形成する。 The pad wiring 64p is formed in the lowest part of the wiring layer 64, i.e., in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 65. The pad wiring 64p forms a metal junction 82a on the second bonding surface 82.

 配線層65は、配線層64と回路基板41との間に位置する。配線層65は、回路基板41の下面よりも上面41aの近くに位置し、回路基板41の上面41aを覆っている。本変形例において、上面41aは第5面の一例である。配線層65は、配線65aおよびパッド配線65pを含む複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。また、配線層65内には、MIM容量が形成されていてもよい。 The wiring layer 65 is located between the wiring layer 64 and the circuit board 41. The wiring layer 65 is located closer to the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 than to the lower surface thereof, and covers the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41. In this modification, the upper surface 41a is an example of the fifth surface. The wiring layer 65 includes a plurality of wirings including wirings 65a and pad wirings 65p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and a plurality of vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer. Furthermore, an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 65.

 配線65aは、第5配線の一例であり、回路基板41の上面41aと第2接合面82との間に位置する。配線65aは、パッド配線65pと周辺回路4とを電気的に接続する。配線65aは、例えば、パッド配線65pとトランジスタTr21とを電気的に接続する。また、配線65aと配線64aとは、第2接合面82を介して電気的に接続されている。 Wiring 65a is an example of a fifth wiring, and is located between the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 and the second bonding surface 82. Wiring 65a electrically connects pad wiring 65p to the peripheral circuit 4. Wiring 65a electrically connects, for example, pad wiring 65p to transistor Tr21. Wiring 65a and wiring 64a are also electrically connected via the second bonding surface 82.

 パッド配線65pは、配線層65において最も上方側、つまり、最も配線層62に近い絶縁層内に形成されている。パッド配線65pは、第2接合面82における金属接合82aを形成する。 The pad wiring 65p is formed in the uppermost insulating layer of the wiring layer 65, i.e., the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 62. The pad wiring 65p forms a metal junction 82a on the second bonding surface 82.

 配線層143、64および65における配線およびビアはそれぞれ、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。また、配線層143、64および65における層間絶縁層等の絶縁層は、例えば、酸化シリコンまたは炭窒化シリコンを含む。 The wiring and vias in the wiring layers 143, 64, and 65 each contain, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. Furthermore, the insulating layers, such as the interlayer insulating layers, in the wiring layers 143, 64, and 65 contain, for example, silicon oxide or silicon carbonitride.

 第4ビア74、第5ビア75および第6ビア76は、画素基板31ではなく画素基板32を貫通するように設けられている以外は、それぞれ、第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73と同様の構造を有する。第4ビア74、第5ビア75および第6ビア76は、それぞれ、第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73と同じ材料で形成されていてもよい。 The fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 have the same structure as the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73, respectively, except that they are arranged to penetrate pixel substrate 32 rather than pixel substrate 31. The fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 may be formed from the same material as the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73, respectively.

 具体的には、第4ビア74は、画素基板32の少なくとも一部を貫通し、少なくとも一部が画素基板32内に位置する。第4ビア74は、例えば、TSVである。配線63bと配線64aとは、第4ビア74を介して電気的に接続される。第4ビア74は、配線64aに接している。 Specifically, the fourth via 74 penetrates at least a portion of the pixel substrate 32, and at least a portion of it is located within the pixel substrate 32. The fourth via 74 is, for example, a TSV. The wiring 63b and wiring 64a are electrically connected via the fourth via 74. The fourth via 74 is in contact with the wiring 64a.

 第4ビア74は、例えば、ナノTSVである。第4ビア74の直径は、例えば、1000nm未満である。第4ビア74の直径は、100nm以下であってもよく、10nm以下であってもよい。また、第4ビア74の直径は、例えば、1nm以上である。第4ビア74の直径は、5nm以上であってもよい。 The fourth via 74 is, for example, a nanoTSV. The diameter of the fourth via 74 is, for example, less than 1000 nm. The diameter of the fourth via 74 may be 100 nm or less, or 10 nm or less. The diameter of the fourth via 74 is, for example, 1 nm or more. The diameter of the fourth via 74 may be 5 nm or more.

 第4ビア74は、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。第4ビア74は、銅を主成分として含んでいてもよい。 The fourth via 74 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. The fourth via 74 may contain copper as its main component.

 図13で示される例では、第4ビア74の上側が下側よりも細くなっているため、画素基板32の下面32b側から第4ビア74が形成されている。上記で例示した第4ビア74の直径は、第4ビア74における最大径であり、図13で示される例では、第4ビア74における最も下側の部分の直径である。 In the example shown in FIG. 13, the upper side of the fourth via 74 is narrower than the lower side, so the fourth via 74 is formed from the lower surface 32b side of the pixel substrate 32. The diameter of the fourth via 74 exemplified above is the maximum diameter of the fourth via 74, and in the example shown in FIG. 13, it is the diameter of the lowest part of the fourth via 74.

 第5ビア75は、画素基板32内に位置する。図13で示される例では、第5ビア75は、画素基板32に形成された分離領域95内に形成されている。第5ビア75は、例えば、STI構造を形成するためのトレンチ内で金属を埋め込むことで形成された埋め込みビアである。第5ビア75は、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。 The fifth via 75 is located within the pixel substrate 32. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the fifth via 75 is formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 32. The fifth via 75 is, for example, a buried via formed by burying a metal within a trench for forming an STI structure. The fifth via 75 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium.

 図13に示されるように、第4ビア74の径方向の外周面上にはライナー膜74aが形成されている。第4ビア74と画素基板32とはライナー膜74aを介して離間している。また、第5ビア75の径方向の外周面上にはライナー膜75aが形成されている。第5ビア75と画素基板32とはライナー膜75aを介して離間している。ライナー膜74aおよび75aは、少なくとも酸化シリコン等の絶縁材料で形成された絶縁膜を含む。ライナー膜74aおよび75aは、絶縁膜と、窒化チタン等の金属窒化物またはチタン等の金属の膜との積層構造を有していてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 13, a liner film 74a is formed on the radially outer surface of the fourth via 74. The fourth via 74 and the pixel substrate 32 are separated by the liner film 74a. Furthermore, a liner film 75a is formed on the radially outer surface of the fifth via 75. The fifth via 75 and the pixel substrate 32 are separated by the liner film 75a. The liner films 74a and 75a include at least an insulating film made of an insulating material such as silicon oxide. The liner films 74a and 75a may have a layered structure of an insulating film and a film of a metal nitride such as titanium nitride or a metal such as titanium.

 第6ビア76は、一部が画素基板32内に位置する。図13で示される例では、第6ビア76は、一部が画素基板32に形成された分離領域95内に形成されている。第6ビア76は、配線63bと第4ビア74とを電気的に接続する。第6ビア76は、配線63bに接している。第6ビア76は、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。第6ビア76は、例えば、画素基板32内の分離領域95および分離領域95上の絶縁層にエッチング等によって穴を形成し、穴に銅等の金属を堆積することで形成される。 The sixth via 76 is partially located within the pixel substrate 32. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the sixth via 76 is partially formed within an isolation region 95 formed in the pixel substrate 32. The sixth via 76 electrically connects the wiring 63b and the fourth via 74. The sixth via 76 is in contact with the wiring 63b. The sixth via 76 contains, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. The sixth via 76 is formed, for example, by forming a hole by etching or the like in the isolation region 95 in the pixel substrate 32 and in the insulating layer above the isolation region 95, and then depositing a metal such as copper in the hole.

 配線63bと第4ビア74とは、第5ビア75を介して電気的に接続される。また、配線63bと第5ビア75とは、第6ビア76を介して電気的に接続される。そのため、配線63bと第4ビア74とは、第5ビア75および第6ビア76を介して電気的に接続される。第4ビア74と第5ビア75とは、画素基板32内で直接接続され、第5ビア75と第6ビア76とは、画素基板32内で直接接続される。第4ビア74の長さは、第5ビア75の長さおよび第6ビア76の長さよりも長くてもよい。第4ビア74、第5ビア75および第6ビア76は、平面視において互いに重なる。また、第4ビア74、第5ビア75および第6ビア76は、平面視において、第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73と重なる。また、第4ビア74、第5ビア75および第6ビア76は、平面視において画素基板32に形成された分離領域95と重なる。 Wiring 63b and fourth via 74 are electrically connected via fifth via 75. Wiring 63b and fifth via 75 are also electrically connected via sixth via 76. Therefore, wiring 63b and fourth via 74 are electrically connected via fifth via 75 and sixth via 76. Fourth via 74 and fifth via 75 are directly connected within pixel substrate 32, and fifth via 75 and sixth via 76 are directly connected within pixel substrate 32. The length of fourth via 74 may be longer than the lengths of fifth via 75 and sixth via 76. Fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 overlap each other in a planar view. Furthermore, fourth via 74, fifth via 75, and sixth via 76 overlap with first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73 in a planar view. Additionally, the fourth via 74, the fifth via 75, and the sixth via 76 overlap with the isolation region 95 formed on the pixel substrate 32 in a plan view.

 第2接合面82は、画素基板32と回路基板41との間に位置する。図13で示される例では、第2接合面82において、配線層64の下面と配線層65の上面とが接合されている。つまり、第2接合面82は、配線層64と配線層65との界面に位置する。また、第2接合面82は、ハイブリッドボンディングで画素基板32を含むウエハと回路基板41を含むウエハとが接合された面であり、金属接合82aと絶縁膜接合82bとを含む。図13においては、見やすさのため、一部の金属接合82aおよび絶縁膜接合82bに対して符号を示して図示しているが、第2接合面82では、全体にわたって金属接合82aおよび絶縁膜接合82bが形成されている。 The second bonding surface 82 is located between the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the lower surface of the wiring layer 64 and the upper surface of the wiring layer 65 are bonded at the second bonding surface 82. In other words, the second bonding surface 82 is located at the interface between the wiring layer 64 and the wiring layer 65. The second bonding surface 82 is also the surface where the wafer including the pixel substrate 32 and the wafer including the circuit substrate 41 are bonded by hybrid bonding, and includes metal bonds 82a and insulating film bonds 82b. For ease of viewing, FIG. 13 shows some of the metal bonds 82a and insulating film bonds 82b with reference numerals, but metal bonds 82a and insulating film bonds 82b are formed throughout the second bonding surface 82.

 金属接合82aは、パッド配線64pとパッド配線65pとが接合することにより形成されている。例えば、パッド配線64pおよび65pが主成分として銅を含む場合、金属接合82aは、Cu-Cu接合である。絶縁膜接合82bは、配線層64に含まれるパッド配線64pと同層の絶縁層と、配線層65に含まれるパッド配線65pと同層の絶縁層とが接合することにより形成されている。 Metal bond 82a is formed by bonding pad wiring 64p and pad wiring 65p. For example, if pad wiring 64p and 65p contain copper as a main component, metal bond 82a is a Cu-Cu bond. Insulating film bond 82b is formed by bonding an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 64p included in wiring layer 64 to an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 65p included in wiring layer 65.

 撮像装置104では、画素14のトランジスタが画素基板31と画素基板32とに分かれて配置されるため、画素トランジスタなどの素子を上下の基板にわけて配置することができ、撮像装置104をさらに小型化できる。画素トランジスタを別基板にわけて配置することで、画素14において面積あたりの素子の数が減り、例えば、増幅トランジスタ11の面積を大きくとることができる。増幅トランジスタ11のゲート長および/またはゲート幅を大きくとることができれば、ノイズ低減できる効果が得られる。また、画素基板31の上面31aの上方に位置する配線61aと、画素基板31の下面31bと第1接合面81との間に位置する配線62aとが第1ビア71を介して電気的に接続される。さらに、第1接合面81と画素基板32の上面32aとの間に位置する配線63bと、画素基板32の下面32bと第2接合面82との間に位置する配線64aとが第4ビア74を介して電気的に接続される。これにより、第1ビア71を備える場合と同様の効果により、第4ビア74を備えることによっても撮像装置104を小型化できる。また、撮像装置104では、第1ビア71は、第4ビア74と平面視において重なるため、撮像装置104を効果的に小型化できる。 In the imaging device 104, the transistors of the pixel 14 are arranged separately on the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32. This allows elements such as pixel transistors to be arranged separately on the upper and lower substrates, further miniaturizing the imaging device 104. By arranging the pixel transistors on separate substrates, the number of elements per area in the pixel 14 is reduced, allowing the area of the amplifier transistor 11 to be increased, for example. Increasing the gate length and/or gate width of the amplifier transistor 11 can achieve noise reduction. Furthermore, the wiring 61a located above the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 is electrically connected to the wiring 62a located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the first bonding surface 81 via the first via 71. Furthermore, the wiring 63b located between the first bonding surface 81 and the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 is electrically connected to the wiring 64a located between the lower surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 and the second bonding surface 82 via the fourth via 74. As a result, the fourth via 74 also provides the same effect as the first via 71, allowing the imaging device 104 to be made smaller. Furthermore, in the imaging device 104, the first via 71 overlaps with the fourth via 74 in a plan view, allowing the imaging device 104 to be made more compact effectively.

 なお、撮像装置104における第1ビア71を含む配線61aからパッド配線62pまでの電気的な接続構造、および、第4ビア74を含む配線63bからパッド配線64pまでの電気的な接続構造は、図13で示される例に限らず、図8から図12のいずれかで示されるような構造が適用されてもよい。 Note that the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 104, and the electrical connection structure from the wiring 63b including the fourth via 74 to the pad wiring 64p are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 13, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied.

 [変形例5]
 次に、実施の形態1の変形例5について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1および実施の形態1の変形例1から4との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
[Modification 5]
Next, a description will be given of Modification 5 of Embodiment 1. The following description will focus on the differences between this embodiment and Embodiment 1 and Modifications 1 to 4 of Embodiment 1, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.

 図14は、本変形例に係る撮像装置105のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図14に示されるように、本変形例に係る撮像装置105は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と比較して、回路基板42、配線層64、配線層65、第4ビア74、第5ビア75、第6ビア76および第2接合面82をさらに備える点、および、配線層63の代わりに配線層143を備える点で主に相違する。 Figure 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 105 according to this modified example. As shown in Figure 14, the imaging device 105 according to this modified example differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it further includes a circuit board 42, wiring layers 64 and 65, a fourth via 74, a fifth via 75, a sixth via 76, and a second bonding surface 82, and in that it includes a wiring layer 143 instead of wiring layer 63.

 撮像装置105では、回路基板42、配線層65、配線層64、回路基板41、配線層143、配線層62、画素基板31、配線層61、絶縁層55および光電変換部10がこの順でZ軸に沿って積層された構造を有する。撮像装置105は、実施の形態1の変形例4に係る撮像装置104における画素基板32および回路基板41を、それぞれ、回路基板41および回路基板42に置き換えた構造を有するとも言える。 The imaging device 105 has a structure in which a circuit board 42, a wiring layer 65, a wiring layer 64, a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 143, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 31, a wiring layer 61, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis. It can also be said that the imaging device 105 has a structure in which the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit board 41 in the imaging device 104 according to Variation 4 of Embodiment 1 are replaced with the circuit board 41 and the circuit board 42, respectively.

 図14に示されるように、回路基板41と回路基板42とは、回路基板41と回路基板42との間に位置する第2接合面82を介して積層されている。回路基板42は、例えば、各種の不純物領域が形成されたp型またはn型の半導体基板である。回路基板42は、シリコン基板であってもよい。本変形例において、画素基板31は第1基板の一例であり、回路基板41は第2基板の一例であり、回路基板42は第3基板の一例である。回路基板42には、ウェルが形成されていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 14, circuit board 41 and circuit board 42 are stacked via a second bonding surface 82 located between circuit board 41 and circuit board 42. Circuit board 42 is, for example, a p-type or n-type semiconductor substrate in which various impurity regions are formed. Circuit board 42 may also be a silicon substrate. In this modified example, pixel substrate 31 is an example of a first substrate, circuit board 41 is an example of a second substrate, and circuit board 42 is an example of a third substrate. A well may be formed in circuit board 42.

 回路基板41は、上面41aと、上面41aに対向する下面41bとを含む。回路基板41の上面41aは、下面41bよりも、撮像装置105に入射光が入射する位置に近い。本変形例において、上面41aは第3面の一例であり、下面41bは第4面の一例である。回路基板42は、回路基板41の上面41aよりも下面41bの近くに位置する。回路基板42は、下面よりも、撮像装置105に入射光が入射する位置に近い上面42aを含む。本変形例において、上面42aは第5面の一例である。回路基板42の上面42aには、トランジスタTr22が配置される。トランジスタTr22は、周辺回路4に含まれるトランジスタのうちのトランジスタTr21とは異なるトランジスタである。なお、図14では、見やすさのために、上面42aには、1つのトランジスタTr22のみが配置された図が示されている。上面42aには、周辺回路4の各回路に含まれるトランジスタの一部である複数のトランジスタが配置されうる。 The circuit board 41 includes an upper surface 41a and a lower surface 41b opposite the upper surface 41a. The upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 105 than the lower surface 41b. In this modified example, the upper surface 41a is an example of the third surface, and the lower surface 41b is an example of the fourth surface. The circuit board 42 is located closer to the lower surface 41b of the circuit board 41 than the upper surface 41a. The circuit board 42 includes an upper surface 42a which is closer to the position where incident light enters the imaging device 105 than the lower surface. In this modified example, the upper surface 42a is an example of the fifth surface. A transistor Tr22 is arranged on the upper surface 42a of the circuit board 42. The transistor Tr22 is a different transistor from the transistor Tr21 included in the peripheral circuit 4. Note that, for ease of viewing, Figure 14 shows only one transistor Tr22 arranged on the upper surface 42a. Multiple transistors that are part of the transistors included in each circuit of the peripheral circuit 4 can be arranged on the upper surface 42a.

 回路基板41では、トランジスタが上面41aに配置され、回路基板42では、トランジスタが上面42aに配置され、回路基板41と回路基板42とはface-to-backの向きで積層されている。 In circuit board 41, the transistors are arranged on the upper surface 41a, and in circuit board 42, the transistors are arranged on the upper surface 42a, with circuit boards 41 and 42 stacked face-to-back.

 周辺回路4の各回路の素子は、回路基板41と回路基板42とに分かれて形成される。周辺回路4の各回路の素子の回路基板41および回路基板42への振り分けは特に制限されない。 The elements of each circuit in peripheral circuit 4 are formed separately on circuit board 41 and circuit board 42. There are no particular restrictions on how the elements of each circuit in peripheral circuit 4 are allocated to circuit board 41 and circuit board 42.

 例えば、回路基板41および回路基板42のうち、一方にはアナログ回路が配置されて3.3V程度のアナログ回路用電圧が供給され、他方にはデジタル回路が配置されて1.2V程度のデジタル回路用電圧が供給されてもよい。この場合、アナログ回路のトランジスタのゲート長は、画素14のトランジスタのゲート長より短く、デジタル回路のトランジスタのゲート長は、アナログ回路のトランジスタのゲート長よりも短い。また、例えば、回路基板41および回路基板42のうち、一方にはトランジスタとしてNチャネルMOSFETが形成され、他方にはトランジスタとしてPチャネルMOSFETが形成されてもよい。また、例えば、回路基板41および回路基板42のうち、一方にはSRAM(Static Random Access Memory)などのメモリが配置され、他方にはメモリ以外の回路が配置されてもよい。 For example, one of circuit boards 41 and 42 may have an analog circuit arranged thereon and be supplied with an analog circuit voltage of about 3.3V, while the other may have a digital circuit arranged thereon and be supplied with a digital circuit voltage of about 1.2V. In this case, the gate length of the transistors in the analog circuit may be shorter than the gate length of the transistors in pixels 14, and the gate length of the transistors in the digital circuit may be shorter than the gate length of the transistors in the analog circuit. Also, for example, one of circuit boards 41 and 42 may have N-channel MOSFETs formed as transistors, while the other may have P-channel MOSFETs formed as transistors. Also, for example, one of circuit boards 41 and 42 may have memory such as SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) arranged thereon, while the other may have circuits other than memory arranged thereon.

 回路基板41および回路基板42のうち、一方には周辺回路4が配置され、他方には、イメージシグナルプロセッサ(ISP)および/またはニューラルネットワーク用のプロセッサが配置されていてもよい。 Peripheral circuit 4 may be located on one of circuit boards 41 and 42, and an image signal processor (ISP) and/or a processor for a neural network may be located on the other.

 撮像装置105において、配線層143は、配線層62と回路基板41との間に位置する。配線層143は、回路基板41の下面41bよりも上面41aの近くに位置し、回路基板41の上面41aを覆っている。本変形例において、配線63bは、第3配線の一例であり、回路基板41の上面41aと第1接合面81との間に位置する。撮像装置105において、配線63bは、例えば、トランジスタTr21および配線63aのうちの少なくとも一方と第4ビア74とを電気的に接続する。 In the imaging device 105, the wiring layer 143 is located between the wiring layer 62 and the circuit board 41. The wiring layer 143 is located closer to the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 than to the lower surface 41b, and covers the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41. In this modified example, the wiring 63b is an example of a third wiring, and is located between the upper surface 41a of the circuit board 41 and the first bonding surface 81. In the imaging device 105, the wiring 63b electrically connects, for example, at least one of the transistor Tr21 and the wiring 63a to the fourth via 74.

 撮像装置105における回路基板41から回路基板42までの構造は、画素基板32および回路基板41がそれぞれ回路基板41および回路基板42に置き換えられた以外は、実施の形態1の変形例4に係る撮像装置104と同じである。つまり、撮像装置105における回路基板41から回路基板42までの構造は、実施の形態1の変形例4における構造の説明の対応する部分において、画素基板32および回路基板41をそれぞれ回路基板41および回路基板42に対応させて読み替えることで説明される。 The structure from circuit board 41 to circuit board 42 in imaging device 105 is the same as imaging device 104 according to Variant 4 of Embodiment 1, except that pixel board 32 and circuit board 41 are replaced with circuit board 41 and circuit board 42, respectively. In other words, the structure from circuit board 41 to circuit board 42 in imaging device 105 can be explained by replacing pixel board 32 and circuit board 41 with circuit board 41 and circuit board 42, respectively, in the corresponding parts of the explanation of the structure in Variant 4 of Embodiment 1.

 撮像装置105では、周辺回路4の各回路の素子が回路基板41と回路基板42とに分かれて配置されるため、撮像装置105をさらに小型化できる。撮像装置105は、第4ビア74を備えることによっても撮像装置105を小型化できる。また、撮像装置105において、第1ビア71は、第4ビア74と平面視において重なるため、撮像装置105を効果的に小型化できる。 In the imaging device 105, the elements of each circuit in the peripheral circuit 4 are arranged separately on the circuit board 41 and the circuit board 42, which allows the imaging device 105 to be further miniaturized. The imaging device 105 can also be miniaturized by providing the fourth via 74. Furthermore, in the imaging device 105, the first via 71 overlaps with the fourth via 74 in a plan view, which allows the imaging device 105 to be effectively miniaturized.

 なお、撮像装置105における第1ビア71を含む配線61aからパッド配線62pまでの電気的な接続構造、および、第4ビア74を含む配線63bからパッド配線64pまでの電気的な接続構造は、図14で示される例に限らず、図8から図12のいずれかで示されるような構造が適用されてもよい。また、撮像装置105が、画素基板31と回路基板41との間に上述の画素基板32をさらに備えていてもよい。 Note that the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 105, and the electrical connection structure from the wiring 63b including the fourth via 74 to the pad wiring 64p are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 14, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied. Furthermore, the imaging device 105 may further include the pixel substrate 32 described above between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit board 41.

 [変形例6]
 次に、実施の形態1の変形例6について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1および実施の形態1の変形例1から5との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
[Modification 6]
Next, a sixth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The following description will focus on the differences between the sixth modification and the first embodiment and the first to fifth modifications of the first embodiment, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.

 図15は、本変形例に係る撮像装置106のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図15に示されるように、本変形例に係る撮像装置106は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と比較して、画素基板32、配線層66および第3接合面83をさらに備える点、および、配線層61の代わりに配線層161を備える点で主に相違する。また、本変形例に係る撮像装置106は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と比較して、第1ビア71を含む配線61aからパッド配線62pまでの電気的な接続構造が、画素基板31では無く、画素基板32に形成されている点、および、画素基板31の下面31bにトランジスタTr11、電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92が配置されている点でも相違する。 FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 106 according to this modification. As shown in FIG. 15, the imaging device 106 according to this modification differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that it further includes a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 66, and a third bonding surface 83, and in that it includes a wiring layer 161 instead of wiring layer 61. The imaging device 106 according to this modification also differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 in that the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a, including the first via 71, to the pad wiring 62p is formed on the pixel substrate 32, not the pixel substrate 31, and that the transistor Tr11, charge accumulation region 91, and plug 92 are disposed on the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31.

 撮像装置106では、回路基板41、配線層63、配線層62、画素基板32、配線層161、配線層66、画素基板31、絶縁層55および光電変換部10がこの順でZ軸に沿って積層された構造を有する。 The imaging device 106 has a structure in which a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 63, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 161, a wiring layer 66, a pixel substrate 31, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis.

 図15に示されるように、撮像装置106では、画素基板31と画素基板32とは、画素基板31と画素基板32との間に位置する第3接合面83を介して積層されている。また、画素基板32と回路基板41とは、画素基板32と回路基板41との間に位置する第1接合面81を介して積層されている。本変形例において、画素基板32は第1基板の一例であり、回路基板41は第2基板の一例である。 As shown in FIG. 15, in the imaging device 106, the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32 are stacked together with a third bonding surface 83 located between the pixel substrates 31 and 32. The pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41 are stacked together with a first bonding surface 81 located between the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41. In this modified example, the pixel substrate 32 is an example of a first substrate, and the circuit substrate 41 is an example of a second substrate.

 撮像装置106では、画素基板31ではトランジスタが下面31bに配置され、画素基板32ではトランジスタが上面32aに配置され、画素基板31と画素基板32とはface-to-faceの向きで積層されている。 In the imaging device 106, the transistors on the pixel substrate 31 are arranged on the lower surface 31b, and the transistors on the pixel substrate 32 are arranged on the upper surface 32a, with the pixel substrates 31 and 32 stacked face-to-face.

 配線層66は、画素基板31と配線層161との間に位置する。配線層66は、画素基板31の上面31aよりも下面31bの近くに位置し、画素基板31の下面31bを覆っている。配線層66は、配線66aおよびパッド配線66pを含む複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。また、配線層66内には、MIM容量が形成されていてもよい。 The wiring layer 66 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the wiring layer 161. The wiring layer 66 is located closer to the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the upper surface 31a, and covers the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31. The wiring layer 66 includes multiple wirings including wirings 66a and pad wirings 66p, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer. MIM capacitance may also be formed within the wiring layer 66.

 配線66aは、画素基板31の下面31bと第3接合面83との間に位置する。配線66aは、パッド配線66pと画素14とを電気的に接続する。配線66aは、例えば、パッド配線66pとトランジスタTr11とを電気的に接続する。 The wiring 66a is located between the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the third bonding surface 83. The wiring 66a electrically connects the pad wiring 66p to the pixel 14. The wiring 66a electrically connects, for example, the pad wiring 66p to the transistor Tr11.

 パッド配線66pは、配線層66において最も下方側、つまり、最も配線層161に近い絶縁層内に形成されている。パッド配線66pは、第3接合面83における金属接合83aを形成する。 The pad wiring 66p is formed in the lowest part of the wiring layer 66, i.e., in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 161. The pad wiring 66p forms a metal junction 83a on the third bonding surface 83.

 配線層161は、配線層66と画素基板32との間に位置する。配線層161は、画素基板32の下面32bよりも上面32aの近くに位置し、画素基板32の上面32aを覆っている。本変形例において、上面32aは第1面の一例である。配線層161は、配線層61にパッド配線61pを追加した構成を有する。パッド配線61pは、配線層161において最も上方側、つまり、最も配線層66に近い絶縁層内に形成されている。パッド配線61pは、第3接合面83における金属接合83aを形成する。パッド配線61pは、例えば、トランジスタTr12および配線61aのうちの少なくとも一方に電気的に接続されている。 The wiring layer 161 is located between the wiring layer 66 and the pixel substrate 32. The wiring layer 161 is located closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than the lower surface 32b, and covers the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32. In this modified example, the upper surface 32a is an example of the first surface. The wiring layer 161 has a configuration in which a pad wiring 61p is added to the wiring layer 61. The pad wiring 61p is formed at the uppermost part of the wiring layer 161, that is, in the insulating layer closest to the wiring layer 66. The pad wiring 61p forms a metal junction 83a at the third bonding surface 83. The pad wiring 61p is electrically connected to, for example, at least one of the transistor Tr12 and the wiring 61a.

 配線層66および161における配線およびビアはそれぞれ、例えば、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、コバルトおよびルテニウムからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つを含む。また、配線層66および161における層間絶縁層等の絶縁層は、例えば、酸化シリコンまたは炭窒化シリコンを含む。 The wiring and vias in the wiring layers 66 and 161 each contain, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of copper, aluminum, tungsten, cobalt, and ruthenium. Furthermore, the insulating layers, such as the interlayer insulating layers, in the wiring layers 66 and 161 contain, for example, silicon oxide or silicon carbonitride.

 第3接合面83は、画素基板31と画素基板32との間に位置する。図15で示される例では、第3接合面83において、配線層66の下面と配線層161の上面とが接合されている。つまり、第3接合面83は、配線層66と配線層161との界面に位置する。また、第3接合面83は、ハイブリッドボンディングで画素基板31を含むウエハと画素基板32を含むウエハとが接合された面であり、金属接合83aと絶縁膜接合83bとを含む。図15においては、見やすさのため、一部の金属接合83aおよび絶縁膜接合83bに対して符号を示して図示しているが、第3接合面83では、全体にわたって金属接合83aおよび絶縁膜接合83bが形成されている。 The third bonding surface 83 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32. In the example shown in FIG. 15, the lower surface of the wiring layer 66 and the upper surface of the wiring layer 161 are bonded at the third bonding surface 83. In other words, the third bonding surface 83 is located at the interface between the wiring layer 66 and the wiring layer 161. The third bonding surface 83 is also the surface where the wafer including the pixel substrate 31 and the wafer including the pixel substrate 32 are bonded by hybrid bonding, and includes metal bonds 83a and insulating film bonds 83b. For ease of viewing, FIG. 15 shows some of the metal bonds 83a and insulating film bonds 83b with reference numerals, but metal bonds 83a and insulating film bonds 83b are formed throughout the third bonding surface 83.

 金属接合83aは、パッド配線66pとパッド配線61pとが接合することに形成されている。例えば、パッド配線66pおよび61pが主成分として銅を含む場合、金属接合83aは、Cu-Cu接合である。絶縁膜接合83bは、配線層66に含まれるパッド配線66pと同層の絶縁層と、配線層161に含まれるパッド配線61pと同層の絶縁層とが接合することにより形成されている。 Metal bond 83a is formed by bonding pad wiring 66p and pad wiring 61p. For example, if pad wirings 66p and 61p contain copper as a main component, metal bond 83a is a Cu-Cu bond. Insulating film bond 83b is formed by bonding an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 66p included in wiring layer 66 to an insulating layer in the same layer as pad wiring 61p included in wiring layer 161.

 撮像装置106において、回路基板41は、画素基板32の上面32aよりも下面32bの近くに位置する。本変形例において、下面32bは第2面の一例である。画素基板32では、トランジスタが上面32aに配置され、回路基板41では、トランジスタが上面41aに配置され、画素基板32と回路基板41とはface-to-backの向きで積層されている。 In the imaging device 106, the circuit board 41 is located closer to the bottom surface 32b of the pixel substrate 32 than to the top surface 32a. In this modified example, the bottom surface 32b is an example of the second surface. In the pixel substrate 32, transistors are arranged on the top surface 32a, and in the circuit board 41, transistors are arranged on the top surface 41a, with the pixel substrate 32 and circuit board 41 stacked face-to-back.

 撮像装置106における回路基板41から画素基板32までの構造は、画素基板31が画素基板32に置き換えられた以外は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と同じである。つまり、撮像装置106における回路基板41から画素基板32までの構造は、実施の形態1における説明の対応する部分において、画素基板31を画素基板32に対応させて読み替えることで説明される。 The structure of the imaging device 106, from the circuit board 41 to the pixel board 32, is the same as that of the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1, except that the pixel board 31 is replaced with the pixel board 32. In other words, the structure of the imaging device 106, from the circuit board 41 to the pixel board 32, can be explained by substituting the pixel board 31 for the pixel board 32 in the corresponding parts of the explanation in embodiment 1.

 なお、撮像装置106における第1ビア71を含む配線61aからパッド配線62pまでの電気的な接続構造は、図15で示される例に限らず、図8から図12のいずれかで示されるような構造が適用されてもよい。また、撮像装置106が、回路基板41の下方に上述の回路基板42をさらに備えていてもよい。 Note that the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 106 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 15, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied. The imaging device 106 may also further include the above-mentioned circuit board 42 below the circuit board 41.

 [変形例7]
 次に、実施の形態1の変形例7について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1および実施の形態1の変形例1から6との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
[Modification 7]
Next, a seventh modification of the first embodiment will be described. The following description will focus on the differences between the seventh modification and the first embodiment and the first to sixth modifications of the first embodiment, and description of commonalities will be omitted or simplified.

 図16は、本変形例に係る撮像装置107のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。図16に示されるように、本変形例に係る撮像装置107は、実施の形態1の変形例6に係る撮像装置106と比較して、第3接合面83を備えない点、ならびに、配線層66および161の代わりに配線層176および171を備える点で主に相違する。また、本変形例に係る撮像装置107は、実施の形態1の変形例6に係る撮像装置106と比較して、画素基板31の上面31aにトランジスタTr11、電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92が配置されている点でも相違する。 Figure 16 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 107 according to this modification. As shown in Figure 16, the imaging device 107 according to this modification differs from the imaging device 106 according to Modification 6 of Embodiment 1 mainly in that it does not include a third bonding surface 83 and that it includes wiring layers 176 and 171 instead of wiring layers 66 and 161. The imaging device 107 according to this modification also differs from the imaging device 106 according to Modification 6 of Embodiment 1 in that a transistor Tr11, a charge accumulation region 91, and a plug 92 are arranged on the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31.

 撮像装置107では、回路基板41、配線層63、配線層62、画素基板32、配線層171、画素基板31、配線層176、絶縁層55および光電変換部10がこの順でZ軸に沿って積層された構造を有する。 The imaging device 107 has a structure in which a circuit board 41, a wiring layer 63, a wiring layer 62, a pixel substrate 32, a wiring layer 171, a pixel substrate 31, a wiring layer 176, an insulating layer 55, and a photoelectric conversion unit 10 are stacked in this order along the Z axis.

 撮像装置107では、画素基板31と画素基板32とは、例えば、3DSI(3D Sequential Integration)技術によって、TSV接合およびCu-Cu接合などを含むハイブリッド接合を用いずに積層されている。例えば、画素基板32にトランジスタTr12などの素子を形成し、その上に配線層171を形成した基板に、画素基板31を転写のように貼り付ける、もしくは、モノリシックにシリコン層などの半導体層を堆積することで画素基板31を形成する。そして、トランジスタTr11などの素子を画素基板31に形成し、その上に配線層176を形成する。図示はしていないが、画素基板31に形成された素子と画素基板32に形成された素子とを電気的に接続するプラグが形成されてもよい。また、画素基板32と回路基板41とは、画素基板32と回路基板41との間に位置する第1接合面81を介して積層されている。本変形例において、画素基板32は第1基板の一例であり、回路基板41は第2基板の一例である。 In the imaging device 107, the pixel substrates 31 and 32 are stacked using, for example, 3DSI (3D Sequential Integration) technology without using hybrid junctions such as TSV junctions and Cu-Cu junctions. For example, elements such as transistor Tr12 are formed on the pixel substrate 32, and then the pixel substrate 31 is attached to a substrate on which a wiring layer 171 is formed, as if by transfer printing, or the pixel substrate 31 is formed by monolithically depositing a semiconductor layer such as a silicon layer. Then, elements such as transistor Tr11 are formed on the pixel substrate 31, and a wiring layer 176 is formed on top of them. Although not shown, plugs may be formed to electrically connect the elements formed on the pixel substrate 31 and the elements formed on the pixel substrate 32. Furthermore, the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41 are stacked via a first bonding surface 81 located between the pixel substrate 32 and the circuit substrate 41. In this modification, the pixel substrate 32 is an example of a first substrate, and the circuit substrate 41 is an example of a second substrate.

 配線層176は、画素基板31と光電変換部10との間に位置する。配線層176は、画素基板31の下面31bよりも上面31aの近くに位置し、画素基板31の上面31aを覆っている。配線層176は、複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。また、配線層176内には、MIM容量が形成されていてもよい。 The wiring layer 176 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the photoelectric conversion unit 10. The wiring layer 176 is located closer to the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31 than to the lower surface 31b, and covers the upper surface 31a of the pixel substrate 31. The wiring layer 176 includes multiple wires, an interlayer insulating layer between the wires, and multiple vias that provide electrical connections across the interlayer insulating layer. Furthermore, an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 176.

 配線層171は、画素基板31と画素基板32との間に位置する。配線層171は、画素基板31の上面31aよりも下面31bの近く、かつ、画素基板32の下面32bよりも上面32aの近くに位置し、画素基板31の下面31bおよび画素基板32の上面32aを覆っている。配線層171は、配線61aを含む複数の配線と、配線間の層間絶縁層と、層間絶縁層を跨いだ電気的な接続を行う複数のビアと、を含む。また、配線層171内には、MIM容量が形成されていてもよい。 The wiring layer 171 is located between the pixel substrate 31 and the pixel substrate 32. The wiring layer 171 is located closer to the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 than to the upper surface 31a, and closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than to the lower surface 32b, and covers the lower surface 31b of the pixel substrate 31 and the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32. The wiring layer 171 includes multiple wirings including the wiring 61a, an interlayer insulating layer between the wirings, and multiple vias that provide electrical connection across the interlayer insulating layer. Furthermore, an MIM capacitor may be formed within the wiring layer 171.

 撮像装置107において、配線61aは、画素基板32の下面32bよりも上面32aの近くに位置し、光電変換部10よりも画素基板32に近い。配線61aは、第1ビア71と画素14とを電気的に接続する。配線61aは、例えば、第1ビア71とトランジスタTr12とを電気的に接続する。 In the imaging device 107, the wiring 61a is located closer to the upper surface 32a of the pixel substrate 32 than to the lower surface 32b, and closer to the pixel substrate 32 than to the photoelectric conversion unit 10. The wiring 61a electrically connects the first via 71 and the pixel 14. The wiring 61a electrically connects, for example, the first via 71 and the transistor Tr12.

 なお、撮像装置107における第1ビア71を含む配線61aからパッド配線62pまでの電気的な接続構造は、図16で示される例に限らず、図8から図12のいずれかで示されるような構造が適用されてもよい。また、撮像装置107が、回路基板41の下方に上述の回路基板42をさらに備えていてもよい。 Note that the electrical connection structure from the wiring 61a including the first via 71 to the pad wiring 62p in the imaging device 107 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 16, and structures such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 12 may also be applied. Furthermore, the imaging device 107 may further include the above-mentioned circuit board 42 below the circuit board 41.

 (実施の形態2)
 以下、実施の形態2に係る撮像装置について説明する。以下では、実施の形態1および実施の形態1の変形例1から7との相違点を中心に説明し、共通点の説明を省略または簡略化する。
(Embodiment 2)
The following describes an imaging device according to embodiment 2. The following mainly describes differences from embodiment 1 and variations 1 to 7 of embodiment 1, and omits or simplifies descriptions of commonalities.

 [構成]
 まず、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置の構成について説明する。図17は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200のデバイス構造の一例を示す概略断面図である。
[composition]
First, the configuration of the imaging device according to this embodiment will be described. Fig. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the device structure of an imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.

 図17に示されるように、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と比較して、第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73が平面視において画素アレイ領域R1内に位置する点で主に相違する。つまり、撮像装置200では、図3で示した撮像装置100と同様の構造が、画素アレイ領域R1内に形成されている。これにより、画素アレイ領域R1の周辺の領域の面積を削減することができ、撮像装置200を小型化できる。 As shown in FIG. 17, the imaging device 200 according to this embodiment differs from the imaging device 100 according to embodiment 1 mainly in that the first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 are located within the pixel array region R1 in a plan view. In other words, in the imaging device 200, a structure similar to that of the imaging device 100 shown in FIG. 3 is formed within the pixel array region R1. This makes it possible to reduce the area of the region surrounding the pixel array region R1, thereby enabling the imaging device 200 to be made more compact.

 撮像装置200において、第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73は、平面視において画素基板31に形成された分離領域96と重なる。分離領域96は、第1画素および第2画素の一例である互いに隣接する2つの画素14の画素領域R2の境界部で画素基板31内に位置する。分離領域96は、隣接する画素14の間を分離する画素分離領域である。分離領域96は、例えば、STI構造である。第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73は、平面視において、分離領域95ではなく分離領域96に重なる位置に形成されている以外は、実施の形態1に係る撮像装置100と同じである。なお、図17で示される例では、隣接する画素14の間を分離する分離領域96に第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73が形成されているが、第1ビア71、第2ビア72および第3ビア73は、画素14内のトランジスタ等の素子を分離する分離領域である画素内分離領域に形成されていてもよい。 In the imaging device 200, the first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 overlap with an isolation region 96 formed in the pixel substrate 31 in a planar view. The isolation region 96 is located within the pixel substrate 31 at the boundary between the pixel regions R2 of two adjacent pixels 14, which are examples of a first pixel and a second pixel. The isolation region 96 is a pixel isolation region that separates adjacent pixels 14. The isolation region 96 has, for example, an STI structure. The first via 71, the second via 72, and the third via 73 are the same as those in the imaging device 100 of embodiment 1, except that they are formed in a position that overlaps with the isolation region 96 rather than the isolation region 95 in a planar view. In the example shown in FIG. 17, the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73 are formed in an isolation region 96 that separates adjacent pixels 14, but the first via 71, second via 72, and third via 73 may also be formed in an intra-pixel isolation region, which is an isolation region that separates elements such as transistors within the pixel 14.

 ここで、第1ビア71の大きさについて、具体的な寸法を例示しながら説明する。なお、以下の説明は、第1ビア71の大きさの一例を説明するためのものであり、本開示を限定するものでは無い。 Here, the size of the first via 71 will be explained, giving specific examples of dimensions. Note that the following explanation is intended to illustrate one example of the size of the first via 71 and is not intended to limit the scope of this disclosure.

 図18は、第1ビア71の大きさを説明するための平面図である。図18では、平面視における第1ビア71および電荷蓄積領域91の大きさが示されている。また、図18では、平面視において画素14が配置される領域である画素領域R2が一点鎖線の四角形で示されている。また、図18では、大きさのイメージの参考のため、6つのトランジスタで構成される22nm世代のSRAMの大きさに相当する0.2μm×0.5μmの格子が点線で示されている。また、図18で示される例では、1つの画素領域R2の大きさは、1.5μm×1.5μmであり、18個のSRAMをしきつめることができる大きさである。 FIG. 18 is a plan view illustrating the size of the first via 71. FIG. 18 shows the sizes of the first via 71 and the charge storage region 91 in a plan view. Also in FIG. 18, the pixel region R2, which is the region where the pixels 14 are arranged in a plan view, is shown as a rectangle with dashed lines. To give an idea of the size, FIG. 18 also shows a 0.2 μm x 0.5 μm grid with dotted lines, which corresponds to the size of a 22 nm generation SRAM consisting of six transistors. Also, in the example shown in FIG. 18, the size of one pixel region R2 is 1.5 μm x 1.5 μm, which is large enough to fit 18 SRAMs.

 図18で示される例では、第1ビア71の直径は、100nmである。平面視において、第1ビア71は、例えば、電荷蓄積領域91よりも小さい。第1ビア71の直径を100nmのように小さくすることで、画素領域R2の大きさには影響を及ぼさずに、第1ビア71を画素アレイ領域R1内に配置して、画素基板31と回路基板41との間の接続に用いることができる。 In the example shown in FIG. 18, the diameter of the first via 71 is 100 nm. In a plan view, the first via 71 is smaller than, for example, the charge storage region 91. By making the diameter of the first via 71 as small as 100 nm, the first via 71 can be placed within the pixel array region R1 without affecting the size of the pixel region R2, and can be used to connect between the pixel substrate 31 and the circuit board 41.

 なお、撮像装置200において画素アレイ領域R1内に形成される構造は、図17で示される例に限らず、図8から図16のいずれかで示されるような、実施の形態1の各変形例に係る撮像装置の構造が、画素アレイ領域R1内に適用されてもよい。また、撮像装置200は、画素アレイ領域R1内だけでなく、画素アレイ領域R1外にも第1ビア71等を備えていてもよい。 Note that the structure formed within the pixel array region R1 of the imaging device 200 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 17, and the structure of an imaging device according to any of the modifications of embodiment 1, such as those shown in any of FIGS. 8 to 16, may be applied within the pixel array region R1. Furthermore, the imaging device 200 may include first vias 71 and the like not only within the pixel array region R1 but also outside the pixel array region R1.

 [平面レイアウト]
 次に、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの例について説明する。なお、撮像装置200が画素アレイ領域R1内のいずれかの位置に配置される第1ビア71を備えていれば、撮像装置200における平面レイアウトは、以下で説明する例に制限されない。
[Flat Layout]
Next, an example of a planar layout of the image pickup device 200 according to the present embodiment will be described. Note that, as long as the image pickup device 200 includes the first via 71 arranged at any position within the pixel array region R1, the planar layout of the image pickup device 200 is not limited to the example described below.

 図19は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの一例を模式的に示す平面図である。図19では、平面視における増幅トランジスタ11、パッド配線62p、電荷蓄積領域91、プラグ92、第1ビア71および分離領域96の配置が模式的に示されている。また、図19では、画素領域R2が一点鎖線の四角形で示されている。図19では、2行2列分の画素14に対応する4個の画素領域R2が示されている。これらは、以降で説明する平面レイアウトの平面図においても同様である。 FIG. 19 is a plan view showing a schematic example of a planar layout of an imaging device 200 according to this embodiment. FIG. 19 shows a schematic arrangement of an amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, charge storage region 91, plug 92, first via 71, and isolation region 96 in a planar view. Also, in FIG. 19, pixel regions R2 are shown as rectangles drawn with dashed lines. In FIG. 19, four pixel regions R2 are shown, corresponding to two rows and two columns of pixels 14. This also applies to the planar layout views described below.

 また、図19では、左側の2つの画素領域R2内における増幅トランジスタ11、パッド配線62p、電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92の配置が代表して図示されており、他の画素領域R2内におけるこれらの配置の図示は省略されている。 Furthermore, Figure 19 shows the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, charge storage region 91, and plug 92 in the two pixel regions R2 on the left side, and does not show the arrangement of these elements in the other pixel regions R2.

 図19に示されるように、第1ビア71は、平面視において、画素領域R2の境界部に位置する。図19で示される例では、第1ビア71は、平面視において、画素領域R2の外形の辺に位置する。第1ビア71は、画素領域R2の外形の角に位置してもよい。また、第1ビア71は、画素領域R2内に位置していてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 19, the first via 71 is located at the boundary of the pixel region R2 in a planar view. In the example shown in FIG. 19, the first via 71 is located at a side of the outline of the pixel region R2 in a planar view. The first via 71 may also be located at a corner of the outline of the pixel region R2. The first via 71 may also be located within the pixel region R2.

 また、図19で示される例では、1つの画素領域R2に対して1つの第1ビア71が配置されているが、1つの画素領域R2に対して2以上の第1ビア71が配置されてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 19, one first via 71 is arranged for one pixel region R2, but two or more first vias 71 may be arranged for one pixel region R2.

 また、1つの画素領域R2における配置では、平面視において、第1ビア71と増幅トランジスタ11との距離よりも、増幅トランジスタ11と同じ画素領域R2領域内のプラグ92と第1ビア71との距離が長い。また、1つの画素領域R2における配置では、平面視において、第1ビア71とパッド配線62pとの距離よりも、パッド配線62pと同じ画素領域R2領域内のプラグ92と第1ビア71との距離が長い。また、1つの画素領域R2における配置では、パッド配線62pは、平面視において、パッド配線62pと同じ画素領域R2領域内のプラグ92と第1ビア71との間に位置する。なお、1つの画素領域R2における配置では、増幅トランジスタ11は、平面視において、増幅トランジスタ11と同じ画素領域R2領域内のプラグ92と第1ビア71との間に位置していてもよい。 Furthermore, in the arrangement in one pixel region R2, the distance between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 is longer in a planar view than the distance between the first via 71 and the amplifier transistor 11. Further, in the arrangement in one pixel region R2, the distance between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the pad wiring 62p is longer in a planar view than the distance between the first via 71 and the pad wiring 62p. Further, in the arrangement in one pixel region R2, the pad wiring 62p is located between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the pad wiring 62p in a planar view. Note that in the arrangement in one pixel region R2, the amplifier transistor 11 may be located between the plug 92 and the first via 71 in the same pixel region R2 as the amplifier transistor 11 in a planar view.

 また、図19で示される例では、平面視において、画素14が配置されるピッチとパッド配線62pが配置されるピッチとは同じであり、1つの画素領域R2に対して1つのパッド配線62pが配置されている。なお、画素14が配置されるピッチとパッド配線62pが配置されるピッチとは異なっていてもよい。また、パッド配線62pが配置されるピッチが、画素14が配置されるピッチよりも大きい場合には、パッド配線62pと第1ビア71との電気的な接続において、1つのパッド配線62pが2以上の第1ビア71で共有されていてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 19, the pitch at which the pixels 14 are arranged is the same as the pitch at which the pad wirings 62p are arranged in a plan view, and one pad wiring 62p is arranged for one pixel region R2. Note that the pitch at which the pixels 14 are arranged may be different from the pitch at which the pad wirings 62p are arranged. Furthermore, if the pitch at which the pad wirings 62p are arranged is greater than the pitch at which the pixels 14 are arranged, one pad wiring 62p may be shared by two or more first vias 71 in the electrical connection between the pad wiring 62p and the first vias 71.

 また、図19で示される例では、平面視において、1つの画素14ごとに画素領域R2の周囲が分離領域96で囲まれている。つまり、平面視において、互いに隣接する2つの画素領域R2の境界部の全てに分離領域96が配置されている。なお、図20に示されるように、画素基板31に分離領域96が形成されていなくてもよい。図20は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200における分離領域96が形成されていない場合の平面レイアウトの一例を模式的に示す平面図である。図20では、左側の2つの画素領域R2内における増幅トランジスタ11、パッド配線62p、電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92の配置が代表して図示されており、他の画素領域R2内におけるこれらの配置の図示は省略されている。なお、以降で説明する撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの別例においても、画素基板31に分離領域96が形成されていなくてもよい。 19, in a plan view, the periphery of the pixel region R2 of each pixel 14 is surrounded by an isolation region 96. That is, in a plan view, an isolation region 96 is arranged at all boundaries between two adjacent pixel regions R2. As shown in FIG. 20, an isolation region 96 does not have to be formed on the pixel substrate 31. FIG. 20 is a plan view schematically showing an example of a planar layout when an isolation region 96 is not formed in an imaging device 200 according to this embodiment. FIG. 20 representatively illustrates the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, charge storage region 91, and plug 92 in the two pixel regions R2 on the left, and does not illustrate the arrangement of these elements in the other pixel regions R2. In another example of a planar layout of the imaging device 200 described below, an isolation region 96 does not have to be formed on the pixel substrate 31.

 次に、撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの別例について説明する。 Next, another example of the planar layout of the imaging device 200 will be described.

 まず、撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの第1の別例について説明する。図21は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの第1の別例を模式的に示す平面図である。 First, a first example of a planar layout of the imaging device 200 will be described. Figure 21 is a plan view that schematically shows the first example of a planar layout of the imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.

 図21で示される例では、X軸方向において互いに隣接する2つの画素14の画素領域R2で増幅トランジスタ11、パッド配線62p、電荷蓄積領域91、プラグ92および第1ビア71の配置がX軸方向で反転している。X軸方向は、例えば、行方向であるが、列方向であってもよい。つまり、図21では、X軸方向において互いに隣接する2つの画素14の画素領域R2の境界線を軸として線対称の平面レイアウトが示されている。 In the example shown in Figure 21, the arrangement of the amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, charge storage region 91, plug 92, and first via 71 in the pixel regions R2 of two pixels 14 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction is reversed in the X-axis direction. The X-axis direction is, for example, the row direction, but it may also be the column direction. In other words, Figure 21 shows a planar layout that is line-symmetrical with respect to the boundary line between the pixel regions R2 of two pixels 14 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction.

 図21に示される例においても、第1ビア71は、平面視において、画素領域R2の境界部に位置するが、画素領域R2内に位置していてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 21, the first via 71 is located at the boundary of the pixel region R2 in a plan view, but it may also be located within the pixel region R2.

 図21で示される例において、平面視において、X軸方向において互いに隣接する2つの画素14の画素領域R2での、プラグ92同士の距離は、プラグ92と第1ビア71との距離よりも小さい。これにより、第1ビア71とプラグ92との距離を長くして、第1ビア71の干渉により、電荷蓄積領域91に接続されたプラグ92に発生するノイズを抑制できる。 In the example shown in FIG. 21, in a plan view, the distance between the plugs 92 in the pixel regions R2 of two pixels 14 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction is smaller than the distance between the plug 92 and the first via 71. This increases the distance between the first via 71 and the plug 92, making it possible to suppress noise generated in the plug 92 connected to the charge storage region 91 due to interference from the first via 71.

 続いて、撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの第2の別例について説明する。図22は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの第2の別例を模式的に示す平面図である。 Next, a second example of the planar layout of the imaging device 200 will be described. Figure 22 is a plan view that schematically shows the second example of the planar layout of the imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.

 図22で示される例では、X軸方向において互いに隣接する2つの画素14の画素領域R2で増幅トランジスタ11、パッド配線62pおよび第1ビア71の配置がX軸方向で反転している。また、図22で示される例では、互いに隣接する2つの画素14が電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92を共有している。X軸方向において互いに隣接する2つの画素14の画素領域R2の境界部には、分離領域96は配置されず、2つの画素14で共有されている電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92が配置されている。また、第1ビア71は、画素領域R2の外形における当該境界部と対向する辺に位置する。これにより、第1ビア71とプラグ92との距離を長くすることができる。 In the example shown in FIG. 22, the arrangements of the amplification transistor 11, pad wiring 62p, and first via 71 are reversed in the X-axis direction in the pixel regions R2 of two pixels 14 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction. Also, in the example shown in FIG. 22, the two adjacent pixels 14 share a charge storage region 91 and plug 92. No isolation region 96 is arranged at the boundary between the pixel regions R2 of two adjacent pixels 14 in the X-axis direction, and the charge storage region 91 and plug 92 shared by the two pixels 14 are arranged there. Also, the first via 71 is located on the side of the outline of the pixel region R2 that faces the boundary. This makes it possible to increase the distance between the first via 71 and the plug 92.

 続いて、撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの第3の別例について説明する。図23は、本実施の形態に係る撮像装置200における平面レイアウトの第3の別例を模式的に示す平面図である。 Next, a third example of the planar layout of the imaging device 200 will be described. Figure 23 is a plan view schematically showing the third example of the planar layout of the imaging device 200 according to this embodiment.

 図23で示される例では、行方向および列方向に2行2列で互いに隣接する4つの画素14が電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92を共有している。当該4つの画素14の画素領域R2の境界部には分離領域96は配置されず、当該4つの画素14の画素領域R2の中心に当該4つの画素14で共有される電荷蓄積領域91およびプラグ92が配置されている。また、図23で示される例では、第1ビア71は、当該4つの画素14の画素領域R2の外周に位置する。これにより、第1ビア71とプラグ92との距離を長くすることができる。図23で示される例では、第1ビア71は、平面視において、画素領域R2の外形の辺に位置する。第1ビア71は、平面視において画素領域R2の外形の角に位置していてもよい。 23, four adjacent pixels 14 arranged in two rows and two columns in the row and column directions share a charge storage region 91 and a plug 92. No isolation region 96 is disposed at the boundary between the pixel regions R2 of the four pixels 14, and the charge storage region 91 and plug 92 shared by the four pixels 14 are disposed at the center of the pixel regions R2 of the four pixels 14. In addition, in the example shown in FIG. 23, the first via 71 is located on the outer periphery of the pixel regions R2 of the four pixels 14. This allows the distance between the first via 71 and the plug 92 to be increased. In the example shown in FIG. 23, the first via 71 is located on a side of the outline of the pixel region R2 in a plan view. The first via 71 may also be located at a corner of the outline of the pixel region R2 in a plan view.

 また、図23で示される例では、増幅トランジスタ11は、平面視において、行方向および列方向に2行2列で互いに隣接する4つの画素14の画素領域R2の中心よりも外周に近い位置に配置されているが、当該4つの画素14の画素領域R2の外周よりも中心に近い位置に配置されてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 23, the amplification transistors 11 are arranged in a two-row, two-column array in the row and column directions in a plan view, closer to the periphery than the center of the pixel regions R2 of four adjacent pixels 14, but may also be arranged in a position closer to the center than the periphery of the pixel regions R2 of the four pixels 14.

 (実施の形態3)
 次に、実施の形態3について説明する。実施の形態3では、本開示に係る撮像装置を備えるカメラシステムについて説明する。
(Embodiment 3)
Next, a description will be given of embodiment 3. In embodiment 3, a camera system including an imaging device according to the present disclosure will be described.

 図24は、本実施の形態に係るカメラシステム400の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 24 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a camera system 400 according to this embodiment.

 図24に示されるように、本実施の形態に係るカメラシステム400は、レンズ光学系601と、撮像装置602と、システムコントローラ603と、カメラ信号処理回路604とを備える。カメラシステム400は、例えばスマートフォン、デジタルカメラ、ビデオカメラおよび車載用カメラなどでありうる。 As shown in FIG. 24, the camera system 400 according to this embodiment includes a lens optical system 601, an imaging device 602, a system controller 603, and a camera signal processing circuit 604. The camera system 400 may be, for example, a smartphone, a digital camera, a video camera, or an in-vehicle camera.

 レンズ光学系601は、撮像装置602の撮像面に光を集光する。レンズ光学系601は、例えば、オートフォーカス用レンズ、ズーム用レンズを含むレンズ群および絞りを含んでいてもよい。撮像装置602としては、例えば、上述した実施の形態1、実施の形態1の変形例1から7および実施の形態2のいずれかに係る撮像装置が用いられる。 Lens optical system 601 focuses light onto the imaging surface of imaging device 602. Lens optical system 601 may include, for example, a lens group including an autofocus lens and a zoom lens, and an aperture. As imaging device 602, for example, an imaging device according to any of the above-mentioned Embodiment 1, Variations 1 to 7 of Embodiment 1, and Embodiment 2 is used.

 システムコントローラ603は、カメラシステム400全体を制御する。システムコントローラ603は、例えば、半導体集積回路であり、具体例としては、CPU(Central Processing Unit)である。 The system controller 603 controls the entire camera system 400. The system controller 603 is, for example, a semiconductor integrated circuit, and a specific example is a CPU (Central Processing Unit).

 カメラ信号処理回路604は、撮像装置602からの出力信号を処理する機能を有する。カメラ信号処理回路604は、撮像装置602から出力データを受け取り、例えばガンマ補正、色補間処理、空間補間処理、およびオートホワイトバランスなどの処理を行う。カメラ信号処理回路604は、例えばDSP(Digital Signal Processor)である。撮像装置602およびカメラ信号処理回路604が、単一の半導体装置として実現されてもよい。半導体装置は、例えばいわゆるSoC(System on a Chip)でありうる。このような構成によれば、撮像装置602をその一部として含む電子機器をより小型化することができる。 The camera signal processing circuit 604 has the function of processing the output signal from the imaging device 602. The camera signal processing circuit 604 receives output data from the imaging device 602 and performs processes such as gamma correction, color interpolation, spatial interpolation, and auto white balance. The camera signal processing circuit 604 is, for example, a DSP (Digital Signal Processor). The imaging device 602 and the camera signal processing circuit 604 may be implemented as a single semiconductor device. The semiconductor device may be, for example, a so-called SoC (System on a Chip). With this configuration, electronic devices that include the imaging device 602 as a part thereof can be made smaller.

 (他の実施の形態)
 以上、本開示に係る撮像装置およびカメラシステムについて、実施の形態に基づいて説明したが、本開示は、これらの実施の形態に限定されるものではない。本開示の主旨を逸脱しない限り、当業者が思いつく各種変形を実施の形態に施したもの、ならびに、実施の形態における一部の構成要素を組み合わせて構築される別の形態も、本開示の範囲に含まれる。
(Other embodiments)
While the imaging device and camera system according to the present disclosure have been described above based on the embodiments, the present disclosure is not limited to these embodiments. As long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present disclosure, various modifications conceivable by those skilled in the art to the embodiments, as well as other forms constructed by combining some of the components of the embodiments, are also included within the scope of the present disclosure.

 例えば、上記実施の形態では、第1接合面81、第2接合面82および第3接合面83は、ハイブリッドボンディングによって接合されていたがこれに限らない。第1接合面81、第2接合面82および第3接合面83の少なくとも1つにおける接合は、バンプ接合等のハイブリッドボンディング以外を用いた接合であってもよい。 For example, in the above embodiment, the first bonding surface 81, the second bonding surface 82, and the third bonding surface 83 are bonded by hybrid bonding, but this is not limited to this. Bonding of at least one of the first bonding surface 81, the second bonding surface 82, and the third bonding surface 83 may be by a method other than hybrid bonding, such as bump bonding.

 また、例えば、上記実施の形態では、光電変換部10は、画素電極50、光電変換層51および上部電極52を含んでいたが、これに限らない。光電変換部10は、フォトダイオードであってもよい。例えば、光電変換部10は、画素基板31に配置された不純物領域を含むフォトダイオードであってもよい。また、光電変換部10は、画素基板31に配置された不純物領域を含むフォトダイオードと、光電変換層と、が積層されたものであってもよい。 Furthermore, for example, in the above embodiment, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 includes the pixel electrode 50, the photoelectric conversion layer 51, and the upper electrode 52, but this is not limited to this. The photoelectric conversion unit 10 may also be a photodiode. For example, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 may be a photodiode including an impurity region arranged on the pixel substrate 31. Furthermore, the photoelectric conversion unit 10 may be a stack of a photodiode including an impurity region arranged on the pixel substrate 31 and a photoelectric conversion layer.

 また、例えば、上記実施の形態において、回路基板には、周辺回路だけでなく、イメージシグナルプロセッサ(ISP)および/またはニューラルネットワーク用のプロセッサ等の周辺回路以外の回路が配置されてもよい。 Furthermore, for example, in the above-described embodiments, the circuit board may be arranged not only with peripheral circuits, but also with circuits other than peripheral circuits, such as an image signal processor (ISP) and/or a processor for a neural network.

 また、上記の各実施の形態は、特許請求の範囲またはその均等の範囲において種々の変更、置き換え、付加、省略などを行うことができる。 Furthermore, various modifications, substitutions, additions, omissions, etc. may be made to each of the above embodiments within the scope of the claims or their equivalents.

 本開示に係る撮像装置およびカメラシステムは、例えばイメージセンサ、デジタルカメラなどに有用である。本開示に係る撮像装置およびカメラシステムは、医療用カメラ、ロボット用カメラ、セキュリティカメラ、車両に搭載されて使用されるカメラなどに用いることができる。 The imaging device and camera system according to the present disclosure are useful, for example, in image sensors and digital cameras. The imaging device and camera system according to the present disclosure can be used in medical cameras, robot cameras, security cameras, cameras mounted on vehicles, and the like.

4 周辺回路
10 光電変換部
11 増幅トランジスタ
12 リセットトランジスタ
13 アドレストランジスタ
14 画素
14A 画素アレイ
15 垂直走査回路
16 対向電極信号線
17 垂直信号線
18 負荷回路
19 カラム信号処理回路
20 水平信号読出し回路
21 電源線
22 差動増幅器
23 フィードバック線
24 電荷蓄積ノード
25 電荷検出回路
26 アドレス信号線
27 リセット信号線
28 水平共通信号線
30 電圧制御回路
31、32 画素基板
31a、32a、41a、42a 上面
31b、32b、41b 下面
31W、41W ウエハ
41、42 回路基板
50 画素電極
51 光電変換層
52 上部電極
53 シールド電極
55、62I、63I 絶縁層
56 支持基板
61、62、62M、63、63M、64、65、66、132、143、161、171、176 配線層
61a、62a、63a、63b、64a、65a、66a 配線
61p、62p、63p、64p、65p、66p パッド配線
71 第1ビア
71a、72a、74a、75a ライナー膜
71G 第1ビア群
72 第2ビア
73 第3ビア
74 第4ビア
75 第5ビア
76 第6ビア
81 第1接合面
81a、82a、83a 金属接合
81b、82b、83b 絶縁膜接合
82 第2接合面
83 第3接合面
91 電荷蓄積領域
92 プラグ
95、96 分離領域
100 撮像装置
101、101A、102、103、103A、104、105、106、107、200、602 撮像装置
400 カメラシステム
601 レンズ光学系
603 システムコントローラ
604 カメラ信号処理回路
R1 画素アレイ領域
R2 画素領域
Tr11、Tr12、Tr21、Tr22 トランジスタ
4 Peripheral circuit 10 Photoelectric conversion unit 11 Amplifying transistor 12 Reset transistor 13 Address transistor 14 Pixel 14A Pixel array 15 Vertical scanning circuit 16 Counter electrode signal line 17 Vertical signal line 18 Load circuit 19 Column signal processing circuit 20 Horizontal signal readout circuit 21 Power supply line 22 Differential amplifier 23 Feedback line 24 Charge storage node 25 Charge detection circuit 26 Address signal line 27 Reset signal line 28 Horizontal common signal line 30 Voltage control circuit 31, 32 Pixel substrate 31a, 32a, 41a, 42a Upper surface 31b, 32b, 41b Lower surface 31W, 41W Wafer 41, 42 Circuit substrate 50 Pixel electrode 51 Photoelectric conversion layer 52 Upper electrode 53 Shield electrode 55, 62I, 63I Insulating layer 56 Support substrate 61, 62, 62M, 63, 63M, 64, 65, 66, 132, 143, 161, 171, 176 Wiring layers 61a, 62a, 63a, 63b, 64a, 65a, 66a Wirings 61p, 62p, 63p, 64p, 65p, 66p Pad wiring 71 First vias 71a, 72a, 74a, 75a Liner film 71G First via group 72 Second via 73 Third via 74 Fourth via 75 Fifth via 76 Sixth via 81 First bonding surface 81a, 82a, 83a Metal bonding 81b, 82b, 83b Insulating film bonding 82 Second bonding surface 83 Third bonding surface 91 Charge storage region 92 Plugs 95, 96 Isolation region 100 Imaging devices 101, 101A, 102, 103, 103A, 104, 105, 106, 107, 200, 602 Imaging device 400 Camera system 601 Lens optical system 603 System controller 604 Camera signal processing circuit R1 Pixel array region R2 Pixel regions Tr11, Tr12, Tr21, Tr22 Transistor

Claims (19)

 撮像装置であって、
 第1面および前記第1面に対向する第2面を含み、前記第1面は前記第2面よりも、前記撮像装置に入射光が入射する位置に近い第1基板と、
 前記第1基板の前記第1面よりも前記第2面の近くに位置する第2基板であって、第3面および前記第3面に対向する第4面を含み、前記第3面は、前記第4面よりも前記第1基板に近い第2基板と、
 前記第1基板と前記第2基板との間に位置する第1接合面と、
 前記第1基板の前記第2面よりも前記第1面の近くに位置し、前記入射光を電荷に変換する光電変換部と、
 前記光電変換部と前記第1基板との間に位置する第1配線と、
 前記第1基板の前記第2面と前記第1接合面との間に位置する第2配線と、
 前記第2基板の前記第3面と前記第1接合面との間に位置する第3配線と、
 少なくとも一部が前記第1基板内に位置する第1ビアと、
 を備え、
 前記第1基板と前記第2基板とは、前記第1接合面を介して積層され、
 前記第1配線と前記第2配線とは、前記第1ビアを介して電気的に接続される、
 撮像装置。
An imaging device,
a first substrate including a first surface and a second surface opposite to the first surface, the first surface being closer to a position where incident light enters the imaging device than the second surface;
a second substrate located closer to the second surface than the first surface of the first substrate, the second substrate including a third surface and a fourth surface facing the third surface, the third surface being closer to the first substrate than the fourth surface;
a first bonding surface located between the first substrate and the second substrate;
a photoelectric conversion unit located closer to the first surface than the second surface of the first substrate and converting the incident light into electric charges;
a first wiring located between the photoelectric conversion unit and the first substrate;
a second wiring located between the second surface of the first substrate and the first bonding surface;
a third wiring located between the third surface of the second substrate and the first bonding surface;
a first via located at least partially within the first substrate;
Equipped with
the first substrate and the second substrate are stacked via the first bonding surface,
The first wiring and the second wiring are electrically connected through the first via.
Imaging device.
 前記第1ビアは、シリコン貫通ビアである、
 請求項1に記載の撮像装置。
the first via is a through-silicon via;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記第1基板内に位置する第2ビアをさらに備え、
 前記第1配線と前記第1ビアとは、前記第2ビアを介して電気的に接続される、
 請求項1に記載の撮像装置。
further comprising a second via located in the first substrate;
The first wiring and the first via are electrically connected via the second via.
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 第3ビアをさらに備え、
 前記第1配線と前記第2ビアとは、前記第3ビアを介して電気的に接続され、
 前記第1ビアと前記第2ビアとは、前記第1基板内で直接接続され、
 前記第3ビアと前記第2ビアとは、前記第1基板内で直接接続される、
 請求項3に記載の撮像装置。
Further comprising a third via;
the first wiring and the second via are electrically connected via the third via;
the first via and the second via are directly connected within the first substrate;
the third via and the second via are directly connected within the first substrate;
The imaging device according to claim 3 .
 第3ビアをさらに備え、
 前記第1配線と前記第1ビアとは、前記第3ビアを介して電気的に接続され、
 前記第1ビアと前記第3ビアとは、前記第1基板内で直接接続される、
 請求項1に記載の撮像装置。
Further comprising a third via;
the first wiring and the first via are electrically connected via the third via;
the first via and the third via are directly connected within the first substrate;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記第1ビアの直径は、10nm以下である、
 請求項1に記載の撮像装置。
The diameter of the first via is 10 nm or less.
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記第1接合面は、絶縁膜接合と、金属接合と、を含む、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
The first bonding surface includes an insulating film bond and a metal bond.
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記第1基板の前記第1面に配置された第1トランジスタと、
 前記第2基板の前記第3面に配置された第2トランジスタと、
 をさらに備える、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
a first transistor disposed on the first surface of the first substrate;
a second transistor disposed on the third surface of the second substrate;
Further provided with
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 行列状に配置された複数の画素を含む画素アレイをさらに備え、
 前記第1ビアは、平面視において前記画素アレイが配置される領域内に位置する、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
a pixel array including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix;
the first via is located within a region in which the pixel array is arranged in a plan view;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 行列状に配置された複数の画素を含む画素アレイをさらに備え、
 前記第1ビアは、平面視において前記画素アレイが配置される領域外に位置する、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
a pixel array including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix;
the first via is located outside an area in which the pixel array is arranged in a plan view;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記第2基板の前記第3面よりも前記第4面の近くに位置する第3基板であって、第5面および前記第5面に対向する第6面を含み、前記第5面は、前記第6面よりも前記第2基板に近い第3基板と、
 前記第2基板と前記第3基板との間に位置する第2接合面と、
 前記第2基板の前記第4面と前記第2接合面との間に位置する第4配線と、
 前記第3基板の前記第5面と前記第2接合面との間に位置する第5配線と、
 少なくとも一部が前記第2基板内に位置する第4ビアと、
 をさらに備え、
 前記第2基板と前記第3基板とは、前記第2接合面を介して積層され、
 前記第3配線と前記第4配線とは、前記第4ビアを介して電気的に接続され、
 前記第1ビアは、前記第4ビアと平面視において重なる、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
a third substrate located closer to the fourth surface than the third surface of the second substrate, the third substrate including a fifth surface and a sixth surface opposite to the fifth surface, the fifth surface being closer to the second substrate than the sixth surface;
a second bonding surface located between the second substrate and the third substrate;
a fourth wiring located between the fourth surface of the second substrate and the second bonding surface;
a fifth wiring located between the fifth surface of the third substrate and the second bonding surface;
a fourth via at least partially located within the second substrate;
Furthermore,
the second substrate and the third substrate are stacked via the second bonding surface,
the third wiring and the fourth wiring are electrically connected via the fourth via;
the first via overlaps with the fourth via in a plan view;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 画素内素子と、
 前記電荷を蓄積する電荷蓄積部と、
 前記光電変換部と前記電荷蓄積部とを電気的に接続するプラグと、
を含む画素をさらに備え、
 前記画素内素子は、平面視において、前記第1ビアと前記プラグとの間に位置する、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
an intra-pixel element;
a charge storage unit that stores the charge;
a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion unit and the charge accumulation unit;
and further comprising a pixel including:
the intra-pixel element is located between the first via and the plug in a plan view;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記電荷を蓄積する電荷蓄積部と、
 前記光電変換部と前記電荷蓄積部とを電気的に接続するプラグと、を含む画素をさらに備え、
 前記第1接合面は、平面視において前記画素が配置される領域内に位置する金属接合を含み、
 前記金属接合は、前記平面視において、前記第1ビアと前記プラグとの間に位置する、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
a charge storage unit that stores the charge;
a pixel including a plug electrically connecting the photoelectric conversion unit and the charge accumulation unit,
the first bonding surface includes a metal bond located within a region in which the pixel is arranged in a plan view;
the metal junction is located between the first via and the plug in the plan view.
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記第1基板内に位置する分離領域をさらに備え、
 前記分離領域は、平面視において、前記第1ビアと重なる、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
further comprising an isolation region located within the first substrate;
the isolation region overlaps with the first via in a plan view;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 第1画素と、
 前記第1画素に隣接する第2画素と、
 を含む複数の画素をさらに備え、
 前記複数の画素のそれぞれは、
  前記電荷を蓄積する電荷蓄積部と、
  前記光電変換部と前記電荷蓄積部とを電気的に接続するプラグと、
 を含み、
 前記第1ビアは、平面視において、前記第1画素が配置される領域内、または、前記第1画素が配置される領域と前記第2画素が配置される領域との境界部に位置し、
 前記平面視において、前記第1画素の前記プラグと前記第2画素の前記プラグとの距離は、前記第1画素の前記プラグと前記第1ビアとの距離よりも小さい、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
A first pixel;
a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel;
and a plurality of pixels including:
Each of the plurality of pixels is
a charge storage unit that stores the charge;
a plug that electrically connects the photoelectric conversion unit and the charge accumulation unit;
Including,
the first via is located, in a plan view, within a region in which the first pixel is arranged or at a boundary between a region in which the first pixel is arranged and a region in which the second pixel is arranged;
In the plan view, a distance between the plug of the first pixel and the plug of the second pixel is smaller than a distance between the plug of the first pixel and the first via.
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 第1画素と、
 前記第1画素に隣接する第2画素と、
 平面視における前記第1画素が配置される領域と前記平面視における前記第2画素が配置される領域との境界部で前記第1基板内に位置する画素分離領域と、
 をさらに備え、
 前記第1ビアは、前記平面視において、前記画素分離領域と重なる、
 請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
A first pixel;
a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel;
a pixel isolation region located in the first substrate at a boundary between a region in which the first pixels are arranged in a plan view and a region in which the second pixels are arranged in the plan view;
Furthermore,
the first via overlaps with the pixel isolation region in the plan view;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記第1基板は、画素素子を含み、
 前記第2基板は、ロジックトランジスタを含む、
 請求項1から6のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
the first substrate includes pixel elements;
the second substrate includes a logic transistor;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記光電変換部は、
  上部電極と、
  下部電極と、
  前記上部電極と前記下部電極との間に位置する光電変換層と、を含む、
 請求項1から6のいずれか1項に記載の撮像装置。
The photoelectric conversion unit is
an upper electrode;
A lower electrode;
a photoelectric conversion layer located between the upper electrode and the lower electrode;
The imaging device according to claim 1 .
 前記光電変換層は、有機材料を含む、
 請求項18に記載の撮像装置。
The photoelectric conversion layer contains an organic material.
The imaging device according to claim 18.
PCT/JP2025/008634 2024-03-22 2025-03-07 Imaging device Pending WO2025197635A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202463568535P 2024-03-22 2024-03-22
US63/568,535 2024-03-22
JP2025004081 2025-01-10
JP2025-004081 2025-01-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025197635A1 true WO2025197635A1 (en) 2025-09-25

Family

ID=97139072

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2025/008634 Pending WO2025197635A1 (en) 2024-03-22 2025-03-07 Imaging device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025197635A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017169480A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 株式会社ニコン Imaging element and imaging device
WO2022215442A1 (en) * 2021-04-05 2022-10-13 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Imaging device and method for manufacturing same
WO2022265059A1 (en) * 2021-06-16 2022-12-22 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Light detection device, method for manufacturing light detection device, and electronic device
WO2023079835A1 (en) * 2021-11-05 2023-05-11 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Photoelectric converter
JP2023138349A (en) * 2022-03-18 2023-10-02 台湾積體電路製造股▲ふん▼有限公司 Stacked image sensor and its manufacturing method
JP2024035163A (en) * 2022-08-31 2024-03-13 三星電子株式会社 image sensor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017169480A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 株式会社ニコン Imaging element and imaging device
WO2022215442A1 (en) * 2021-04-05 2022-10-13 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Imaging device and method for manufacturing same
WO2022265059A1 (en) * 2021-06-16 2022-12-22 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Light detection device, method for manufacturing light detection device, and electronic device
WO2023079835A1 (en) * 2021-11-05 2023-05-11 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Photoelectric converter
JP2023138349A (en) * 2022-03-18 2023-10-02 台湾積體電路製造股▲ふん▼有限公司 Stacked image sensor and its manufacturing method
JP2024035163A (en) * 2022-08-31 2024-03-13 三星電子株式会社 image sensor

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102521342B1 (en) 3 Layered Stacked Image Sensor
TWI524512B (en) Solid state image sensing device and solid state image sensing device
US20110156197A1 (en) Interwafer interconnects for stacked CMOS image sensors
US20110156195A1 (en) Interwafer interconnects for stacked CMOS image sensors
CN107017229A (en) Semiconductor device
JP2013201188A (en) Solid-state image pickup device
JP2015050463A (en) Chip lamination image sensor
KR20120067282A (en) Semiconductor device, manufacturing method thereof, and electronic apparatus
JP2020057813A (en) Method of manufacturing device and device
US12490528B2 (en) Pixel cell circuitry for image sensors
US20250098357A1 (en) Imaging device
US12376391B2 (en) Imaging device
CN111370433B (en) Image pickup apparatus and method of manufacturing the same
CN114730784A (en) Semiconductor device and apparatus
EP4203043B1 (en) Image sensor
WO2025197635A1 (en) Imaging device
JP2017183407A (en) Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US11837612B2 (en) Image sensor
CN118367005A (en) Image Sensor
WO2024043069A1 (en) Solid-state imaging device
US20220013565A1 (en) 3d image sensor
US20250194281A1 (en) Multi-die cmos image sensor integrated circuit device
US20250344543A1 (en) Stacked semiconductor device with metal pad for reduced voltage drop
US20240387568A1 (en) Image sensors having improved optical characteristics using enhanced electrical connection of spaced-apart floating diffusion regions
US20240096784A1 (en) Extended via connect for pixel array

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25773645

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1